]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
76
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
82
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
85
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
111
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123
124 \(fn)" t nil)
125
126 ;;;***
127 \f
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16055 8591))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
146
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148
149 ;;;***
150 \f
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
182
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
184
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
207
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
220
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
224
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
234
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245
246 \(fn)" t nil)
247
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
272
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
278
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286
287 \(fn)" t nil)
288
289 ;;;***
290 \f
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16066
293 ;;;;;; 53440))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
306
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
342
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
368
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
371
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
383
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387
388 ;;;***
389 \f
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
402
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
406
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
411
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
425
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
433
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
446
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
456
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
466
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471
472 \(fn)" t nil)
473
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476
477 \(fn)" t nil)
478
479 ;;;***
480 \f
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16066 53439))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
496
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
508
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
511
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513
514 ;;;***
515 \f
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
533
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
537
538 ;;;***
539 \f
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
543
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
551
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
553
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
557
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
559
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
562
563 \(fn)" t nil)
564
565 ;;;***
566 \f
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573
574 \(fn)" t nil)
575
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590
591 ;;;***
592 \f
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
603
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
608
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613
614 \(fn)" t nil)
615
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
619
620 \(fn)" t nil)
621
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
627
628 ;;;***
629 \f
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
640
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
655
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
660
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
662
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
665
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
667
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
670
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
672
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
676
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
678
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
682
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
684
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
687
688 \(fn)" t nil)
689
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
703
704 ;;;***
705 \f
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16174 61084))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
710
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
713
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
715
716 \(fn)" t nil)
717
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
722
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
731
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
755
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768 \f
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16205
770 ;;;;;; 24895))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
783
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
785
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787
788 ;;;***
789 \f
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
795
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
811
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
819
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
826
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
844
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
852
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856
857 \(fn)" t nil)
858
859 ;;;***
860 \f
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16162
862 ;;;;;; 11943))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869
870 How to quit artist mode
871
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873
874
875 How to submit a bug report
876
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878
879
880 Drawing with the mouse:
881
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
886
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
890
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
924
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
930
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
934
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
947
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
950
951
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954
955
956 Settings
957
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970
971
972 Drawing with keys
973
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
980
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991
992
993 Arrows
994
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
997
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1000
1001
1002 Selecting operation
1003
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026
1027
1028 Variables
1029
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052
1053 Hooks
1054
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057
1058
1059 Keymap summary
1060
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066 \f
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131
1068 ;;;;;; 19792))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1090
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1092
1093 ;;;***
1094 \f
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1101
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1106
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108
1109 ;;;***
1110 \f
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1159
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163
1164 ;;;***
1165 \f
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1186
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211
1212 ;;;***
1213 \f
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1235
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1243
1244 ;;;***
1245 \f
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 43199))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1281
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287
1288 ;;;***
1289 \f
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 32214))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1326
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328
1329 ;;;***
1330 \f
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340
1341 For example:
1342
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353
1354 ;;;***
1355 \f
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36786))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1373
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1375
1376 ;;;***
1377 \f
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408
1409 ;;;***
1410 \f
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16136
1412 ;;;;;; 53059))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1435
1436
1437 Special information:
1438
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1462
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1497
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1501
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1505
1506 ;;;***
1507 \f
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941
1516 ;;;;;; 42963))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522
1523 What is blackbox?
1524
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1531
1532 Overview of play:
1533
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1537
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1540
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553
1554 Details:
1555
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1573
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1581
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1584
1585 1
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1594 2 3
1595
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1598
1599
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1616
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1630
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634 \f
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (16174 61084))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1645
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1652 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1665
1666 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1667 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1668 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1669 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1670 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1671 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1672 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1673 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1674 recent one.
1675
1676 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1677 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1678 yank successive words.
1679
1680 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1681 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1682 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1683 name of the file being visited.
1684
1685 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1686 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1687 the list of bookmarks.)
1688
1689 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1690
1691 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1692 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1693 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1694 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1695 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1696 this.
1697
1698 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1699 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1700 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1701 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1702
1703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1706 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1707 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1708 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1709 after a bookmark was set in it.
1710
1711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1712
1713 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1714 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1715 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1716 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1717
1718 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1719
1720 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1721
1722 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1723 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1724 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1725 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1726
1727 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1728 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1729 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1730
1731 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1732 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1733 name.
1734
1735 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1738 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1739 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1740 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1741 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1742 this.
1743
1744 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1745
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1747 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1748 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1749 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1750 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1751 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1752 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1753 probably because we were called from there.
1754
1755 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1756
1757 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1758 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1759 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1760
1761 \(fn)" t nil)
1762
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1764 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1765 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1766 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1767 \(second argument).
1768
1769 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1770 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1771 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1772 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1773 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1774
1775 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1776 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1777 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1778 `bookmark-default-file'.
1779
1780 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1781
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1783 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1784 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1785 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1786 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1787 while loading.
1788
1789 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1790 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1791 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1792 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1793 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1794 explicitly.
1795
1796 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1797 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1798 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1799 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1800
1801 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1802
1803 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1804 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1808
1809 \(fn)" t nil)
1810
1811 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812
1813 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1814
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1816 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1817 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1818 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1819 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1820 this.
1821
1822 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1823 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1824 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1825
1826 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1827
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1829 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1833 this.
1834
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1838
1839 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1840
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1842 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1843 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1844
1845 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1846 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1847 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1848
1849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1850
1851 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1852 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1853 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1854 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1855 prompts for NEWNAME.
1856 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1857 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1858 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1859
1860 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1861 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1862 name.
1863
1864 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1865 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1866 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1867
1868 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1869
1870 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1871 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1872 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1873 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1874 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1875 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1876
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1880
1881 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1882
1883 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1884
1885 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1886 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load]
1887 '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
1888 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write]
1889 '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
1890 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save]
1891 '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
1892 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit]
1893 '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
1894 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete]
1895 '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
1896 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename]
1897 '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
1898 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate]
1899 '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert]
1901 '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set]
1903 '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump]
1905 '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
1906
1907 ;;;***
1908 \f
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1910 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1911 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1912 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1913 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1914 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1915 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1916 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1917 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16174 61085))
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1919
1920 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1921 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1922 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1923 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1924
1925 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1926 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1927 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1928 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1929 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1930
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1932
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1935 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1936 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1937 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1938 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1939
1940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1943 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1944 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1945 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1946 narrowed.
1947
1948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1949
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1951 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1952
1953 \(fn)" t nil)
1954
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1957
1958 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1959
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1961 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1962 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1963 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1964
1965 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1966
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1968 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1969 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1970 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1971
1972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1973
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1975 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1976 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1977 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1978 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1979 to use.
1980
1981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1982
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1984 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1985 Default to the URL around or before point.
1986
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1989 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991
1992 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1993 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994
1995 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1996 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1997
1998 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1999
2000 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2001 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2002 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2003 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2004
2005 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2006 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2007 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2008 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2009
2010 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2011 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2012
2013 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2016 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2017 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2018 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2019
2020 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2021 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2022 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2023 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2024
2025 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2026 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2027 new tab in an existing window instead.
2028
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2031
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2035 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2036 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2037 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2038
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2041 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2042 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2043
2044 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2045 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2046 new tab in an existing window instead.
2047
2048 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2049 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2050
2051 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2052
2053 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2054 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2055 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2056 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2057
2058 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2059 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2060 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2061 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2062
2063 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2064 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065
2066 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2067
2068 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2069 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2070
2071 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2072 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2073 program is invoked according to the variable
2074 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2075
2076 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2077 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2078 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2079 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2080
2081 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2082 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2083
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2085
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2087 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2089 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2090
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point.
2096
2097 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2098 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2099 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2100
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2103 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2104 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2105
2106 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2107 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2108
2109 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2110
2111 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2112 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2113 Default to the URL around or before point.
2114
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2116
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2119 Default to the URL around or before point.
2120
2121 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2122 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2123 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2124
2125 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2126 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2127
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2129
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2132 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2133 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2134
2135 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2136
2137 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2138 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2139 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2140 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2141 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2142
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2146 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2147 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2148 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2149
2150 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2151 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2152 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2153 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2154
2155 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2156 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2157
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2161 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2162 Default to the URL around or before point.
2163
2164 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2165
2166 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2167 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2168 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2169 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2170 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2171 current one.
2172
2173 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2174 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2175 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2176 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2177
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2180
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2184 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2185 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2186 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2187 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2188 don't offer a form of remote control.
2189
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Default to the URL around or before point.
2195
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2197
2198 ;;;***
2199 \f
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830
2201 ;;;;;; 37093))
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2203
2204 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2205 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2206
2207 \(fn)" t nil)
2208
2209 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2210 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2211
2212 \(fn)" nil nil)
2213
2214 ;;;***
2215 \f
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2217 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15731 5408))
2218 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2219
2220 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2221 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2222 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2223 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2224
2225 \(fn)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2228 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2229 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2230 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2231
2232 \(fn)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2235 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2236
2237 \(fn)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2240 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2241 \\<bs-mode-map>
2242 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2243 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2244 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2245 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2246
2247 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2248 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2249 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2250 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2251 name of buffer configuration.
2252
2253 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2254
2255 ;;;***
2256 \f
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2258 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924
2259 ;;;;;; 18767))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2261
2262 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2263 Keymap used by buttons.")
2264
2265 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2266 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2267 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2268
2269 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2270 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2271 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2272 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2273 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2274 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2275
2276 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2277 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2278 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2279 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2280
2281 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2284 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2285 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2286 specifying properties to add to the button.
2287 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2288 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2289 `define-button-type'.
2290
2291 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2292
2293 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2296 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2297 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2298 specifying properties to add to the button.
2299 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2300 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2301 `define-button-type'.
2302
2303 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2304
2305 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2306
2307 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2308 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2309 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2310 specifying properties to add to the button.
2311 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2312 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2313 `define-button-type'.
2314
2315 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2316 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2317 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2318 `make-text-button'.
2319
2320 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2321
2322 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2323
2324 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2325 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2326 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2327 specifying properties to add to the button.
2328 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2329 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2330 `define-button-type'.
2331
2332 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2333 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2334 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2335 `insert-text-button'.
2336
2337 Also see `make-text-button'.
2338
2339 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2340
2341 ;;;***
2342 \f
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2344 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2345 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2346 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2347 ;;;;;; (16179 16173))
2348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2349
2350 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2351 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2352 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2353
2354 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2357 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2358 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2359 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2360
2361 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2362 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2363 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2364 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2365 whether to compile it.
2366
2367 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2368
2369 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2370 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2371
2372 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2375 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2376 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2377 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2378 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2379
2380 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2384 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2385 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2386
2387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2390 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2391 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2392
2393 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2394
2395 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2396 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2397 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2398 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2399 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2400 all functions called by those functions.
2401
2402 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2403 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2404 cons, etc.).
2405
2406 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2407 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2408 invoked interactively.
2409
2410 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2413 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2414 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2415 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2416
2417 \(fn)" nil nil)
2418
2419 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2420 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2421 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2422 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2423 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2424 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2425 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2426 already up-to-date.
2427
2428 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2429
2430 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2431 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2432 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2433 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2434
2435 \(fn)" nil nil)
2436
2437 ;;;***
2438 \f
2439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2441
2442 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2443
2444 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2445
2446 ;;;***
2447 \f
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2449 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2451
2452 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2453 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2454 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2455 from the cursor position.
2456
2457 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2458
2459 ;;;***
2460 \f
2461 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2462 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2463 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941
2464 ;;;;;; 42957))
2465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2466
2467 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2468 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2469
2470 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2471 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2472
2473 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2474 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2475 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2476 If nil, use original installation directory.
2477 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2478
2479 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2480 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2481
2482 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2483 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2484
2485 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2486 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2487 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2488
2489 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2490 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2491
2492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2495 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2496
2497 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2500 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2501
2502 \(fn)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2505 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2506
2507 \(fn)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2510 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2511 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2512 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2513
2514 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2517 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2518 This is most useful in the X window system.
2519 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2520 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2521
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2525 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2526 See calc-keypad for details.
2527
2528 \(fn)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2531 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2532
2533 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2536 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2537
2538 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2539
2540 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2541 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2542
2543 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2546 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2547 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2548
2549 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2550
2551 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2552 Not documented
2553
2554 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2555
2556 ;;;***
2557 \f
2558 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2559 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2561
2562 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2563 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2564
2565 \(fn)" nil nil)
2566
2567 ;;;***
2568 \f
2569 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941
2570 ;;;;;; 42951))
2571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2572
2573 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2574 Run the Emacs calculator.
2575 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2576
2577 \(fn)" t nil)
2578
2579 ;;;***
2580 \f
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2582 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2583 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2584 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2585 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2586 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2587 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2588 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2589 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2590 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2591 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2592 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2593 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2594 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2595 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2596 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2597 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2599
2600 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2601 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2602 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2603
2604 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2605
2606 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2607 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2608 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2609 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2610 the screen.")
2611
2612 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2613
2614 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2615 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2616 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2617 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2618 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2619
2620 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2621
2622 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2623 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2624 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2625 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2626 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2627 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2628 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2629
2630 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2631 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2632 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2633 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2634 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2635
2636 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2637 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2638 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2639
2640 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2641
2642 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2643 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2644 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2645
2646 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2647
2648 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2649 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2650 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2651
2652 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2653
2654 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2655 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2656 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2657 displayed.")
2658
2659 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2660
2661 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2662 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2663 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2664
2665 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2666
2667 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2668 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2669 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2670
2671 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2672
2673 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2674
2675 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2676 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2677 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2678
2679 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2680 calendar.")
2681
2682 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2683
2684 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2685 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2686 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2687
2688 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2689 calendar.")
2690
2691 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2692
2693 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2694 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2695 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2696
2697 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2698
2699 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2700 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2701 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2702 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2703 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2704
2705 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2706
2707 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2709 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2710 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2711 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2712 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2713 a function is also provided for this:
2714 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2715
2716 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2717 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2718 date is not visible in the window.
2719
2720 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2721 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2722 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2723
2724 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2725
2726 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2727 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2728
2729 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2730 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2731 date is visible in the window.
2732
2733 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2734 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2735 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2736
2737 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2738
2739 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2740 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2741
2742 For example,
2743
2744 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2745
2746 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2747
2748 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2749
2750 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2751 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2752
2753 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2754 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2755
2756 MONTH/DAY
2757 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2758 MONTHNAME DAY
2759 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2760 DAYNAME
2761
2762 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2763 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2764 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2765 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2766 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2767 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2768 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2769 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2770 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2771 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2772 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2773 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2774 in every week.
2775
2776 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2777 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2778 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2779 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2780
2781 DAY/MONTH
2782 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2783 DAY MONTHNAME
2784 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2785 DAYNAME
2786
2787 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2788 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2789
2790 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2791 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2792 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2793 window but will appear in a diary window.
2794
2795 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2796 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2797
2798 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2799 entries (in the default American style):
2800
2801 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2802 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2803 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2804 21: Payday
2805 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2806 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2807 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2808 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2809 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2810 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2811 &* 15 time cards due.
2812
2813 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2814 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2815 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2816 single diary entry
2817
2818 02/11/1989
2819 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2820 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2821 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2822 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2823 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2824 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2825
2826 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2827 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2828 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2829
2830 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2831
2832 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2833
2834 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2835 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2836 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2837 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2838 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2839 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2840 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2841 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2842 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2843
2844 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2845 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2846 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2847 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2848 for these functions for details.
2849
2850 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2851 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2852
2853 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2854
2855 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2856 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2857
2858 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2859
2860 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2861 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2862
2863 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2864
2865 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2866 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2867
2868 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2869
2870 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2871 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2872 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2873
2874 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2875
2876 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2877 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2878 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2879
2880 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2881
2882 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2883 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2884 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2885 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2886
2887 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2888
2889 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2890 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2891 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2892 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2893 are
2894
2895 DAY/MONTH
2896 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2897 DAY MONTHNAME
2898 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2899 DAYNAME
2900
2901 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2902 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2903 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2904
2905 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2906
2907 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2908 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2909 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2910
2911 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2912
2913 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2914 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2915 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2916
2917 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2918
2919 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2920 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2921 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2922
2923 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2924
2925 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2926 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2927 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2930
2931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2937
2938 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2939
2940 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2941 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2942 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2943
2944 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2945 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2946 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2947 of the form
2948
2949 #include \"filename\"
2950
2951 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2952 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2953 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2954 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2955 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2956
2957 For example, you could use
2958
2959 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2960 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2961 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2962
2963 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2964 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2965 lexicographic order.")
2966
2967 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2968
2969 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2970 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2971 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2972
2973 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2974
2975 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2976 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2977 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2978 diary display.
2979
2980 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2981 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2982 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2983 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2984 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2985 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2986 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2987
2988 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2989 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2990 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2991 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2992 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2993 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2994 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2995 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2996
2997 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2998
2999 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3000 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3001 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3002 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3003 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3004 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3007
3008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3010
3011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3012 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3014 of the form
3015 #include \"filename\"
3016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3021
3022 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3023
3024 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3025 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3026 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3027 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3028 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3029 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3030
3031 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3032
3033 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3034 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3035 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3036 are holidays.")
3037
3038 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3039
3040 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3041 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3042 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3043 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3044 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3045
3046 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3047
3048 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3049
3050 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3051 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3053
3054 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3055
3056 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3057
3058 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3059 *Oriental holidays.
3060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3061
3062 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3063
3064 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3065
3066 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3067 *Local holidays.
3068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3069
3070 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3071
3072 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3073
3074 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3075 *User defined holidays.
3076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3077
3078 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3079
3080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3081
3082 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3083
3084 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3085
3086 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3087
3088 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3089
3090 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3091
3092 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3093
3094 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3095
3096 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3097
3098 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3099 *Jewish holidays.
3100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3101
3102 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3103
3104 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3105
3106 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3107 *Christian holidays.
3108 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3109
3110 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3111
3112 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3113
3114 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3115 *Islamic holidays.
3116 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3117
3118 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3119
3120 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3121
3122 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3123 *Sun-related holidays.
3124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3125
3126 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3127
3128 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3129
3130 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3131 The frame set up of the calendar.
3132 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3133 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3134 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3135 any other value the current frame is used.")
3136
3137 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3138 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3139 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3140
3141 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3142 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3143
3144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3145
3146 ;;;***
3147 \f
3148 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3149 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3150 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
3151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3152
3153 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3154 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3155 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3156 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3157 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3158 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3159 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3162
3163 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3171
3172 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3173 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3175 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3176 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3177 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3178
3179 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3180
3181 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3182 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3183
3184 Key bindings:
3185 \\{c-mode-map}
3186
3187 \(fn)" t nil)
3188
3189 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3190 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3191
3192 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3193 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3194 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3195 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3196 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3197 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3198 message.
3199
3200 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3201
3202 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3203 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3204
3205 Key bindings:
3206 \\{c++-mode-map}
3207
3208 \(fn)" t nil)
3209
3210 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3211 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3213
3214 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3215 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3216 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3217 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3218 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3219 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3220 message.
3221
3222 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3223
3224 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3225 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3226
3227 Key bindings:
3228 \\{objc-mode-map}
3229
3230 \(fn)" t nil)
3231
3232 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3233 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3235
3236 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3237 Major mode for editing Java code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3240 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3241 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3242 message.
3243
3244 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3245
3246 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3247 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3248
3249 Key bindings:
3250 \\{java-mode-map}
3251
3252 \(fn)" t nil)
3253
3254 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3255 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3257
3258 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3261 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{idl-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275
3276 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3279 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3280
3281 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3284 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 message.
3288
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3293
3294 Key bindings:
3295 \\{pike-mode-map}
3296
3297 \(fn)" t nil)
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3303 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3304
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3308 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775))
3309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3310
3311 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3312 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3313 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3314 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3315 for details of setting up styles.
3316
3317 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3318 style name.
3319
3320 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3321 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3322 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3323 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3324 will be reassigned.
3325
3326 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3327 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3328 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3329 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3330 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3331 default).
3332
3333 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3334 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3335 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3336 when used elsewhere.
3337
3338 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3339
3340 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3341 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3342 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3343 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3344
3345 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3346
3347 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3348 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3349 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3350
3351 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3352
3353 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3354 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3355 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3356 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3357 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3358
3359 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3360
3361 ;;;***
3362 \f
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3364 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3365 ;;;;;; (16179 23394))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3367
3368 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3369 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3370
3371 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3372
3373 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3374 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3375
3376 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3377
3378 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3379 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3380
3381 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3382 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3383 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3384 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3385 execution.
3386
3387 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3388
3389 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3390
3391 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3392 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3393
3394 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3395 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3396 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3397 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3398
3399 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3400 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3401 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3402 `write' commands.
3403
3404 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3405 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3406 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3407 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3408
3409 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3410 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3411 semantics.
3412
3413 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3414
3415 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3416
3417 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3418
3419 STATEMENT :=
3420 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3421 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3422
3423 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3424 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3425 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3426 | integer
3427
3428 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3429
3430 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3431 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3432 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3433
3434 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3435 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3436 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3437
3438 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3439 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3440
3441 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3442 BREAK := (break)
3443
3444 REPEAT :=
3445 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3446 (repeat)
3447 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3448 ;; (repeat))
3449 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3450 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3451 ;; (read REG)
3452 ;; (repeat))
3453 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3454 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3455 ;; (read REG)
3456 ;; (repeat))
3457 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3458
3459 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3460 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3461 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3462 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3463 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3464 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3465 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3466 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3467 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3468 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3469 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3470 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3471 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3472 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3473 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3474 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3475
3476 WRITE :=
3477 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3478 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3479 ;; representation.
3480 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3481 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3482 ;; (write r7))
3483 | (write EXPRESSION)
3484 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3485 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3486 ;; representation.
3487 | (write integer)
3488 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3489 ;; buffer.
3490 | (write string)
3491 ;; Same as: (write string)
3492 | string
3493 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3494 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3495 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3496 ;; representation.
3497 | (write REG ARRAY)
3498 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3499 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3500 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3501 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3502 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3503 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3504
3505 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3506 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3507
3508 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3509 END := (end)
3510
3511 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3512 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3513 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3514
3515 ARG := REG | integer
3516
3517 OPERATOR :=
3518 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3519 + | - | * | / | %
3520
3521 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3522 | & | `|' | ^
3523
3524 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3525 | << | >>
3526
3527 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3528 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3529 | <8
3530
3531 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3532 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3533 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3534 | >8
3535
3536 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3537 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3538 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3539 | //
3540
3541 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3543
3544 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3545 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3546 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3547 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3548 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3549 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3550 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3551 | de-sjis
3552
3553 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3554 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3555 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3557 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3558 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3559 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3560 ;; byte of SJIS.
3561 | en-sjis
3562
3563 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Same meaning as C code
3565 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3566
3567 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3568 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3569 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3570 | <8=
3571
3572 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3573 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3574 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3575
3576 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3577 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3578 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3579 | //=
3580
3581 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3582
3583
3584 TRANSLATE :=
3585 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3586 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3587 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3588 LOOKUP :=
3589 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3590 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3591 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3592 MAP :=
3593 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3594 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3595 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3596 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3597 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3598 MAP-ID := integer
3599
3600 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3601
3602 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3603 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3604 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3605 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3606 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3607 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3608
3609 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3610
3611 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3612 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3613 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3614
3615 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3616
3617 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3618
3619 ;;;***
3620 \f
3621 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3622 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3631
3632 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3633 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3634 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3635 the users will view as each check is completed.
3636
3637 \(fn)" t nil)
3638
3639 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3640 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3641 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3642 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3643 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3644 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3645 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3646 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3647
3648 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3649
3650 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3651 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3652 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3653 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3654 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3655 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3656 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3657 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3658
3659 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3660
3661 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3662 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3663 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3664 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3665 spacing are all verified.
3666
3667 \(fn)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3671 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3672 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3673 otherwise stop after the first error.
3674
3675 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3676
3677 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3678 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3679 Only documentation strings are checked.
3680 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3681 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3682 a separate buffer.
3683
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3688 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3689 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3690 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3691
3692 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3695 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3697 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3698 if there is one.
3699
3700 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3701
3702 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3703 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3704 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3705 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3706 if there is one.
3707 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3708
3709 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3713 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3714
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3716
3717 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3718 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3719 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3720 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3721 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3722
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3724
3725 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3726 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3727 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3728 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3729 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3730 space at the end of each line.
3731
3732 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3736 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3737 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3738
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3742 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3743 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3744 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3745
3746 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3747
3748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3750 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3752
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3757 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3758 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3759
3760 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3761
3762 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3763 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3764 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3765 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3766
3767 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3768
3769 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3770 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3771 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3772 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3773
3774 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3778 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3779 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3780
3781 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3782
3783 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3785 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3787
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3791 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3792 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3794
3795 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3798 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3799 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3800
3801 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3802 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3803 checking of documentation strings.
3804
3805 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3806
3807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3808
3809 ;;;***
3810 \f
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3812 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3813 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (16183 29903))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3815
3816 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3817 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3818 Return the length of resulting text.
3819
3820 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3823 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3824
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3828 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3829 Return the length of resulting text.
3830
3831 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3832
3833 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3834 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3835
3836 \(fn)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload (quote post-read-decode-hz) "china-util" "\
3839 Not documented
3840
3841 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3842
3843 (autoload (quote pre-write-encode-hz) "china-util" "\
3844 Not documented
3845
3846 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3847
3848 ;;;***
3849 \f
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3851 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15878 5274))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3853
3854 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3855 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3856 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3857 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3858 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3859 editing and the result is evaluated.
3860
3861 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3864 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3865 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3866 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3867 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3868
3869 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3870
3871 \(fn)" t nil)
3872
3873 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3874 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3875 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3876 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3877 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3878
3879 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3880 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3881 \\{command-history-map}
3882
3883 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3884 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3885
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3887
3888 ;;;***
3889 \f
3890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273))
3891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3892
3893 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3894 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3895 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3896 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3897 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3898 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3899
3900 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3901 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3902
3903 ;;;***
3904 \f
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3906 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
3907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3908
3909 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3910 Not documented
3911
3912 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3913
3914 ;;;***
3915 \f
3916 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3917 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
3918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3919
3920 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3921 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3922 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3923 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3924
3925 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3926 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3927 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3928
3929 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3930 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3931
3932 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3933
3934 ;;;***
3935 \f
3936 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941
3937 ;;;;;; 42951))
3938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3939
3940 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3941 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3942 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3943 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3944 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3945 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3947
3948 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3949 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3950
3951 ;;;***
3952 \f
3953 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3954 ;;;;;; (16179 34039))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3956
3957 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3958 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3959
3960 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3961
3962 ;;;***
3963 \f
3964 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3965 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3966 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3967 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3969
3970 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3971 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3972 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3973 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3974 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3975 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3976 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3977 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3978
3979 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3980
3981 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3982
3983 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3984 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3985 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3986 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3987 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3988 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3989 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3990 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3991
3992 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3993
3994 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3995
3996 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3997 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3998 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3999 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4000 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4001 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4002
4003 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4006 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4007 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4008
4009 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4010
4011 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4014 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4015 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4016
4017 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4018
4019 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4020
4021 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4022 Send COMMAND to current process.
4023 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4024 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4025
4026 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4027
4028 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4029 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4030 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4031 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4032
4033 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4034
4035 ;;;***
4036 \f
4037 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678
4038 ;;;;;; 51462))
4039 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4040
4041 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4042 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4043 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4044 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4045
4046 This command pushes the mark in each window
4047 at the prior location of point in that window.
4048 If both windows display the same buffer,
4049 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4050 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4051
4052 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4053 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4054 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4055
4056 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4057
4058 ;;;***
4059 \f
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4061 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4062 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4063 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16167 21090))
4064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4065
4066 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4067 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4068
4069 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4070
4071 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4072 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4073
4074 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4075
4076 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4077 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4078 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4079 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4080 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4081
4082 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4083 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4084 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4085 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4086 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4087
4088 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4089 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4090 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4091 describing how the process finished.")
4092
4093 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4094 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4095 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4096 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4097
4098 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4099 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4100 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4101
4102 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4103
4104 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4105 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4106 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4107 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4108
4109 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4110
4111 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4112 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4113 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4114 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4115
4116 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4117 and move to the source code that caused it.
4118
4119 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4120 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4121
4122 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4123 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4124 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4125 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4126 subprocesses.
4127
4128 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4129 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4130 to a function that generates a unique name.
4131
4132 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4133
4134 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4135 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4136 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4137 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4138 where grep found matches.
4139
4140 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4141 easily repeat a grep command.
4142
4143 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4144 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4145 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4146 if that history list is empty).
4147
4148 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4151 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4152 Collect output in a buffer.
4153 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4154 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4155
4156 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4157 easily repeat a find command.
4158
4159 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4160
4161 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4162 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4163 Collect output in a buffer.
4164 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4165 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4166 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4167 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4168 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4169
4170 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4171 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4172
4173 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4174 easily repeat a find command.
4175
4176 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4177 those sub directories of DIR.
4178
4179 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4182 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4183 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4184 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4185 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4186
4187 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4188
4189 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4196 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4197 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4198
4199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4200
4201 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4202 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4203 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4204 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4205 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4206 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4207
4208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4209
4210 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4211 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4212
4213 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4214 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4215
4216 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4217 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4218 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4219 and start at the first error.
4220
4221 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4222 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4223 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4224 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4225 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4226 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4227
4228 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4229 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4230 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4231
4232 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4233 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4234
4235 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4236 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4237
4238 ;;;***
4239 \f
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4241 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4243
4244 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4245 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4246 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4248 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4249
4250 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4251
4252 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4253 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4254 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4255
4256 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4257 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4258 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4259 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4260
4261 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4262 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4263 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4264 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4265
4266 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4267 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4268 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4269 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4270
4271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4276 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4278
4279 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4280 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4281
4282 \(fn)" t nil)
4283
4284 ;;;***
4285 \f
4286 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4287 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15366 772))
4288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4289
4290 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4291 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4292 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4293 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4294
4295 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4296
4297 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4298 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4299 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4300 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4301
4302 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4303
4304 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4305 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4306 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4307 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4308
4309 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4310
4311 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4312 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4313
4314 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4315
4316 ;;;***
4317 \f
4318 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4319 ;;;;;; (16179 16691))
4320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4321
4322 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4323 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4324 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4325 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4326 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4327 following the copyright are updated as well.
4328 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4329 interactively.
4330
4331 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4332
4333 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4334 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4335
4336 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4337
4338 ;;;***
4339 \f
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4341 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4343
4344 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4345 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4346 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4347 Tab indents for Perl code.
4348 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4349 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4350
4351 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4352 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4353 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4354 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4355 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4356 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4357 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4358 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4359 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4360 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4361 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4362 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4363
4364 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4365
4366 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4367 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4368
4369 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4370
4371 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4372 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4373 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4374 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4375 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4376 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4377 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4378 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4379 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4380
4381 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4382
4383 bite if angry;
4384
4385 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4386 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4387 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4388 to nil.)
4389
4390 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4391 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4392 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4393
4394 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4395
4396 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4397 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4398 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4399 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4400 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4401
4402 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4403
4404 if (A) { B }
4405
4406 into
4407
4408 B if A;
4409
4410 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4411
4412 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4413 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4414 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4415 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4416 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4417 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4418 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4419 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4420 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4421 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4422 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4423 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4424 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4425
4426 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4427 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4428 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4429 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4430 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4431 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4432
4433 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4434 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4435 man via menu.
4436
4437 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4438 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4439 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4440 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4441 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4442
4443 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4444 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4445 span the needed amount of lines.
4446
4447 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4448 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4449 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4450 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4451
4452 Variables controlling indentation style:
4453 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4454 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4455 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4456 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4457 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4458 `cperl-auto-newline'
4459 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4460 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4461 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4462 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4463 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4464 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4465 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4466 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4467 `cperl-indent-level'
4468 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4469 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4470 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4471 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4472 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4473 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4474 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4475 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4476 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4477 `cperl-brace-offset'
4478 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4479 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4480 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4481 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4482 `cperl-label-offset'
4483 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4484 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4485 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4486
4487 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4488 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4489 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4490 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4491 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4492
4493 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4494 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4495 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4496 \(both available from menu).
4497
4498 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4499 column 0 is indented on
4500 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4501
4502 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4503 with no args.
4504
4505 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4506 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4507 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4508
4509 \(fn)" t nil)
4510
4511 ;;;***
4512 \f
4513 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4514 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4516
4517 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4518 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4519 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4520 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4521 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4522
4523 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4524
4525 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4526 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4527
4528 \(fn)" t nil)
4529
4530 ;;;***
4531 \f
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4533 ;;;;;; (16012 41367))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4535
4536 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4537 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4538 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4539 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4540
4541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4542 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4543
4544 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4545
4546 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4547 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4548 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4549
4550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4551
4552 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4553
4554 ;;;***
4555 \f
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4557 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4559
4560 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4561 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4562 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4563 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4564
4565 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4566 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4567 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4568 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4569
4570 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4571 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4572 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4573
4574 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4575 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4576 'bob', and 'eve'.
4577
4578 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4579 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4580 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4581
4582 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4583
4584 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4585 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4586 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4587
4588 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4589
4590 ;;;***
4591 \f
4592 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4593 ;;;;;; 41830))
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4595
4596 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4597 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4598 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4600 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4601
4602 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4603
4604 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4605 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4606 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4607 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4608 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4609 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4610
4611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4612 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4613 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4614 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4615 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4616 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4617 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4618 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4619 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4620
4621 ;;;***
4622 \f
4623 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4624 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4625 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4626 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4627 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4628 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4629 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4630 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4631 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4634
4635 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4636 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4637
4638 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4639 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4640
4641 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4642 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4643
4644 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4645
4646 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4649 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4650 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4651
4652 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4653 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4654
4655 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4656 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4657
4658 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4659 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4660
4661 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4662 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4663
4664 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4665
4666 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4667
4668 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4669 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4670 Return VALUE.
4671
4672 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4673 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4674
4675 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4676 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4677
4678 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4679 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4680
4681 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4682 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4683
4684 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4685
4686 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4689 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4690 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4691 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4692 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4693
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4697 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4698 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4699 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4700
4701 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4705
4706 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4707
4708 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4709 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4710
4711 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4712
4713 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4714
4715 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4716 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4717
4718 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4719
4720 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4721
4722 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4723 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4724 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4725
4726 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4727
4728 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4729 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4730 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4731 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4732 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4733
4734 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4735 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4736 version.
4737
4738 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4739
4740 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4741 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4742 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4743
4744 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4745 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4746
4747 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4748
4749 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4750 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4751
4752 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4753 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4754
4755 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4758 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4759
4760 \(fn)" t nil)
4761
4762 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4763 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4764
4765 \(fn)" t nil)
4766
4767 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4768 Customize all already saved user options.
4769
4770 \(fn)" t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4773 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4774 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4775 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4776 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4777 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4778 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4779
4780 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4781
4782 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4783 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4784 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4785
4786 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4789 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4790
4791 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4792
4793 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4794 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4795
4796 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4797
4798 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4799 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4800 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4801 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4802 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4803 that option.
4804
4805 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4806
4807 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4808 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4809 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4810 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4811 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4812 that option.
4813
4814 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4815
4816 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4817 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4818
4819 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4820
4821 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4822 File used for storing customization information.
4823 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4824 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4825 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4826
4827 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4828 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4829 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4830 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4831
4832 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
4833
4834 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4835 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
4836
4837 \(fn)" t nil)
4838
4839 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4840 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
4841
4842 \(fn)" nil nil)
4843
4844 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4845 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4846 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
4847
4848 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
4849
4850 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4851 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4852 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4853 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4854 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
4855
4856 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
4857
4858 ;;;***
4859 \f
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
4861 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
4862 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4864
4865 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4866 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
4867
4868 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4869
4870 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4871 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4872 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
4873 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4874
4875 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4876
4877 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
4878 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
4879 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
4880 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
4881 between themes and faces.
4882 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
4883
4884 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4885 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4886
4887 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4888
4889 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
4890 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
4891 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
4892 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
4893 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
4894
4895 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
4896
4897 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4898 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
4899 Associate this setting with THEME.
4900
4901 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
4902
4903 (FACE TO-THEME)
4904
4905 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
4906
4907 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4908
4909 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4910 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
4911 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
4912
4913 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
4914
4915 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4916
4917 ;;;***
4918 \f
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
4920 ;;;;;; (16136 53053))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
4922
4923 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
4924 Create a custom theme.
4925
4926 \(fn)" t nil)
4927
4928 ;;;***
4929 \f
4930 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4931 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4933
4934 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4935 Mode used for cvs status output.
4936
4937 \(fn)" t nil)
4938
4939 ;;;***
4940 \f
4941 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4942 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 43263))
4943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4944
4945 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4946 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4947
4948 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4949 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4950 C++ modes are included.
4951
4952 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4953
4954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4957 Turn on CWarn mode.
4958
4959 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4960 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
4961
4962 \(fn)" nil nil)
4963
4964 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4965 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4966 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4968 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4969
4970 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
4971
4972 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4973 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4974 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4975 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4976 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
4977
4978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4979
4980 ;;;***
4981 \f
4982 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4983 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4984 ;;;;;; (16183 31287))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4986
4987 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4988 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4989
4990 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4991
4992 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4993 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4994
4995 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4996
4997 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4998 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4999 For readability, the table is slightly
5000 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5001
5002 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5003 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5004 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5005 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5006 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5007
5008 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5009
5010 ;;;***
5011 \f
5012 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5013 ;;;;;; (16174 61084))
5014 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5015 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5016 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5017
5018 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5019 Completion on current word.
5020 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5021 and presents suggestions for completion.
5022
5023 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5024 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5025 completions.
5026
5027 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5028 then it searches *all* buffers.
5029
5030 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5031 if there is a suitable one already.
5032
5033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5036 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5037
5038 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5039 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5040 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5041 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5042 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5043
5044 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5045 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5046
5047 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5048 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5049 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5050
5051 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5052 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5053
5054 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5055
5056 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5057
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997
5061 ;;;;;; 672))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5063
5064 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5065 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5066
5067 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5068 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5069 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5070
5071 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5072 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5073 Data lines are not indented.
5074
5075 Key bindings:
5076
5077 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5078 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5079
5080 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5081 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5082 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5083 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5084
5085 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5086
5087 dcl-basic-offset
5088 Extra indentation within blocks.
5089
5090 dcl-continuation-offset
5091 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5092
5093 dcl-margin-offset
5094 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5095
5096 dcl-margin-label-offset
5097 Indentation for a label.
5098
5099 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5100 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5101
5102 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5103 dcl-block-end-regexp
5104 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5105 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5106 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5107 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5108 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5109
5110 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5111 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5112 Two such functions are included in the package:
5113 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5114 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5115
5116 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5117 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5118 One such function is included in the package:
5119 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5120
5121 dcl-tab-always-indent
5122 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5123 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5124 margin.
5125
5126 dcl-electric-characters
5127 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5128 typed.
5129
5130 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5131 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5132 which words trigger electric indentation.
5133
5134 dcl-tempo-comma
5135 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5136 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5137 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5138
5139 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5140 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5141 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5142 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5143
5144 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5145 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5146 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5147 dcl-imenu-label-call
5148 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5149
5150 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5151 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5152 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5153 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5154
5155
5156 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5157
5158 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5159 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5160 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5161 $ i = 1
5162 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5163 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5164 $ label:
5165 $ if i.eq.1
5166 $ then
5167 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5168 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5169 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5170 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5171 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5172 \"lined up with the command line\"
5173 $ type sys$input
5174 Data lines are not indented at all.
5175 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5176 $ endif
5177 $
5178
5179
5180 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5181 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5182
5183 \(fn)" t nil)
5184
5185 ;;;***
5186 \f
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5188 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5190
5191 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5192
5193 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5194 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5195 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5196 of the evaluator.
5197
5198 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5199 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5200 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5201
5202 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5205 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5206 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5207 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5208 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5209 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5210 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5211
5212 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5213
5214 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5215 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5216 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5217
5218 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5219
5220 ;;;***
5221 \f
5222 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5223 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
5224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5225
5226 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5227 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5228
5229 \(fn)" t nil)
5230
5231 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5232 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5233 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5234 Upper-case letters are commands.
5235
5236 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5237 modify it.
5238
5239 The most useful commands are:
5240 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5241 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5242 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5243 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5244 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5245 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5246
5247 \(fn)" t nil)
5248
5249 ;;;***
5250 \f
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5252 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15310
5253 ;;;;;; 56703))
5254 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5255
5256 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5257 Customization of `columns' group.
5258
5259 \(fn)" t nil)
5260
5261 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5262 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5263
5264 START and END delimits the text region.
5265
5266 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5269 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5270
5271 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5272
5273 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5274
5275 ;;;***
5276 \f
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5278 ;;;;;; 41832))
5279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5280
5281 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5282 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5283 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5284 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5285 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5286 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5287
5288 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5289
5290 Customization:
5291
5292 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5293 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5294 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5295 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5296 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5297 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5298 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5299 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5300 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5301 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5302 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5303 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5304 blank line.
5305 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5306 Directories to search when finding external units.
5307 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5308 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5309
5310 Coloring:
5311
5312 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5313 Face used to color delphi comments.
5314 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5315 Face used to color delphi strings.
5316 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5317 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5318 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5319 Face used to color everything else.
5320
5321 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5322 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5323
5324 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5325
5326 ;;;***
5327 \f
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16016
5329 ;;;;;; 56429))
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5331
5332 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5333
5334 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5335 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5336 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5338 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5339
5340 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5341
5342 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5343 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5344 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5345 positive.
5346
5347 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5348 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5349 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5350 any selection.
5351
5352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5353
5354 ;;;***
5355 \f
5356 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5357 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16162 11942))
5358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5359
5360 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5361 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5362
5363 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5364
5365 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5366 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5367 or nil if there is no parent.
5368 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5369 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5370 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5371 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5372 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5373
5374 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5375 arguments are currently understood:
5376 :group GROUP
5377 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5378 :syntax-table TABLE
5379 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5380 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5381 :abbrev-table TABLE
5382 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5383 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5384
5385 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5386
5387 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5388
5389 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5390 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5391 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5392
5393 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5394 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5395
5396 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5397 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5398 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5399
5400 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5401 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5402
5403 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5404 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5405
5406 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5407
5408 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5409 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5410 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5411 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5412 the first time the mode is used.
5413
5414 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5415
5416 ;;;***
5417 \f
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5419 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16182 59079))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5421
5422 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5423 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5424 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5425 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5426 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5427 otherwise.
5428
5429 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5430
5431 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5432 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5433 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5434 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5435 character composition information (if relevant),
5436 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5437
5438 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5439
5440 ;;;***
5441 \f
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5443 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5444 ;;;;;; (16179 10603))
5445 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5446
5447 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5448 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5449 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5450 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5451 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5452 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5453
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5455
5456 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5457 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5458 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5459 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5460
5461 \(fn)" nil nil)
5462
5463 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5464 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5465 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5466 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5467
5468 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
5469
5470 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5471 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5472
5473 \(fn)" t nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5476 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5477
5478 \(fn)" t nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-compose-region)
5483 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16194 62590))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5485
5486 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5487 Not documented
5488
5489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload (quote devanagari-composition-function) "devan-util" "\
5492 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
5493 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
5494 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
5495
5496 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5501 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16174 61085))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5503
5504 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5505 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5506 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5507 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5508 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5509
5510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5511
5512 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5513 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5514 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5515 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5516
5517 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5518 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5519 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5520 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5521
5522 #!/bin/sh
5523 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5524 emacs -batch \\
5525 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5526 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5527 european-calendar-style t \\
5528 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5529 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5530 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5531
5532 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5533 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5534 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5535 to run it every morning at 1am.
5536
5537 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5538
5539 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5540 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5541
5542 \(fn)" t nil)
5543
5544 ;;;***
5545 \f
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5547 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949))
5548 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5549
5550 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5551 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5552
5553 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5554
5555 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5556 *The command to use to run diff.")
5557
5558 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5559
5560 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5561 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5562 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5563 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5564 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5565 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5566
5567 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5568
5569 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5570 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5571 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5572 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5573 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5574
5575 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5576
5577 ;;;***
5578 \f
5579 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5580 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5581 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5582
5583 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5584 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5585 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5586 normal diffs.
5587 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5588 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5589 headers for you on-the-fly.
5590
5591 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5592 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5593 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5594
5595 \(fn)" t nil)
5596
5597 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5598 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5599 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5600
5601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5602
5603 ;;;***
5604 \f
5605 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5607 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5608 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5609 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16159 27802))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5611
5612 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5613 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5614 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5615 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5616 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5617 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5618 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5619 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5620
5621 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5622
5623 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5624 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5625
5626 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5627 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5628 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5629 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5630 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5631
5632 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5633 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5634
5635 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5636 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5637 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5638 always set this variable to t.")
5639
5640 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5641
5642 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5643 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5644 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5645 A value of t means move to first file.")
5646
5647 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5648
5649 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5650 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5651 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5652 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5653 are afterward marked with that character.")
5654
5655 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5656
5657 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5658 *Controls marking of copied files.
5659 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5660 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5661
5662 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5663
5664 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5665 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5666 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5667 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5668
5669 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5670
5671 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5672 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5673 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5674 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5675
5676 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5677
5678 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5679 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5680 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5681 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5682
5683 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5684
5685 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5686
5687 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5688 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5689 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5690
5691 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5692
5693 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5694 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5695 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5696 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5697 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5698 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5699
5700 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5701 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5702 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5703 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5704 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5705 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5706 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5707 list of files to make directory entries for.
5708 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5709 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5710 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5711 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5712
5713 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5714
5715 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5716 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5717
5718 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5719 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5720
5721 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5722 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5723
5724 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5725 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5726
5727 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5728
5729 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5730 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5731
5732 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5733 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5734
5735 ;;;***
5736 \f
5737 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5738 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5739 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5740 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5741 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5742 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5743 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5744 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5745 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5746 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5747 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5748 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5749 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5751
5752 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5753 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5754 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5755 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5756 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5757 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5758 which is options for `diff'.
5759
5760 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5763 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5764 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5765 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5766 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5767 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5768
5769 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5770
5771 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5772 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5773 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5778 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5779
5780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5781
5782 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5783 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5784
5785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5786
5787 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5788 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5789 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5790 `lpr-switches' as default.
5791
5792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5793
5794 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5795 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5796 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5797 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5798 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5799
5800 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5801 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5802
5803 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5804 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5805 file name substituted for `?'.
5806
5807 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5808 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5809
5810 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5811 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5812 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5813 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5814
5815 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5816
5817 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5818 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5819 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5820
5821 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5822 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5823 in a subdir.
5824
5825 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5826 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
5827
5828 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
5829
5830 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5831 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5832 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5833 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5834 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5835 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
5836
5837 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
5838
5839 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
5840 Not documented
5841
5842 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5843
5844 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5845 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
5846
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5848
5849 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5850 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5851
5852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5853
5854 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5855 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5856
5857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5858
5859 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5860 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5861 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5862 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
5863
5864 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
5865
5866 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
5867 Not documented
5868
5869 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
5870
5871 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
5872 Not documented
5873
5874 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5875
5876 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
5877 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
5878
5879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5880
5881 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
5882 Not documented
5883
5884 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
5885
5886 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
5887 Not documented
5888
5889 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5892 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
5893
5894 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
5895
5896 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5897 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5898 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5899 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5900 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5901 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5902 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5903 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5904 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5905
5906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5907
5908 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5909 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5910 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5911 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5912 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5913 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5914 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5915 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5916
5917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5918
5919 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5920 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5921 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5922 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5923 and new hard links are made in that directory
5924 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5925 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5926 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5927
5928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5929
5930 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5931 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5932 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5933 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5934 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
5935 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5936 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5937
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5939
5940 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5941 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5942
5943 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5944 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5945 file if none are marked.
5946
5947 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5948 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5949 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5950 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5951
5952 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5953 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
5954
5955 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5958 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5959 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5960
5961 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5962
5963 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5964 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5965 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5966
5967 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5968
5969 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5970 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5971 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5972
5973 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5974
5975 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5976 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
5977
5978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5979
5980 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5981 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
5982
5983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5984
5985 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5986 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5987 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5988 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5989 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5990 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5991 this subdirectory.
5992 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
5993
5994 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
5995
5996 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5997 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5998 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5999 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6000 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6001 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6002 this subdirectory.
6003 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6004
6005 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6006
6007 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6008 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6009 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6010
6011 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6012
6013 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6014 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6015 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6016 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6017
6018 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6021 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6022 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6023 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6024
6025 \(fn)" t nil)
6026
6027 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6028 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6029 Lower levels are unaffected.
6030
6031 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6032
6033 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6034 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6035
6036 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6037
6038 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6039 Go down in the dired tree.
6040
6041 \(fn)" t nil)
6042
6043 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6044 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6045 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6046 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6047
6048 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6049
6050 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6051 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6052 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6053 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6054
6055 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6056
6057 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6059 Stops when a match is found.
6060 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6061
6062 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6063
6064 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6065 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6066 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6067 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6068 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6069
6070 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6071
6072 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6074 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6075 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6076
6077 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6078
6079 ;;;***
6080 \f
6081 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670))
6082 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6085 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6086 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6087 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6088 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6089 buffer and try again.
6090
6091 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6092
6093 ;;;***
6094 \f
6095 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 5127))
6096 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6099 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6100 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6101
6102 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6103
6104 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6105 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6106
6107 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6108 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6109
6110 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6111
6112 ;;;***
6113 \f
6114 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6115 ;;;;;; 41828))
6116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6117
6118 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6119 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6120 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6121 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6122 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6123 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6124
6125 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6126
6127 ;;;***
6128 \f
6129 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6130 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6131 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6132 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6133 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951))
6134 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6135
6136 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6137 Return a new, empty display table.
6138
6139 \(fn)" nil nil)
6140
6141 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6142 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6143 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6144 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6145 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6146
6147 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6148
6149 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6150 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6151 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6152 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6153 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6154
6155 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6156
6157 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6158 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6159
6160 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6161
6162 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6163 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6164
6165 \(fn)" t nil)
6166
6167 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6168 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6169
6170 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6171
6172 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6173 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6174
6175 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6176
6177 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6178 Display character C using printable string S.
6179
6180 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6181
6182 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6183 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6184 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6185 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6186
6187 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6188
6189 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6190 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6191 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6192 X frame.
6193
6194 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6195
6196 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6197 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6198
6199 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6200
6201 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6202 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6203
6204 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6205
6206 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6207 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6208
6209 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6210 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6211 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6212 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6213
6214 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6215 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6216 European character display.
6217
6218 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6219 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6220 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6221 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6222
6223 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6224 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6225 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6226 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6227 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6228
6229 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6230
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6234 ;;;;;; (15186 43694))
6235 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6236
6237 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6238 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6239 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6240 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6241 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6242 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6243 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6244 Default is 2.
6245
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6247
6248 ;;;***
6249 \f
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6252
6253 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6254 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6255
6256 \(fn)" t nil)
6257
6258 ;;;***
6259 \f
6260 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6261 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
6262 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6263
6264 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6265 Toggle Double mode.
6266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6267 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6268
6269 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6270
6271 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6272 Toggle Double mode.
6273 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6274
6275 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6276 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6277
6278 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6279
6280 ;;;***
6281 \f
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963))
6283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6284
6285 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6286 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6287
6288 \(fn)" t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (15235 28667))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6295
6296 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6297 Play sounds in message buffers.
6298
6299 \(fn)" t nil)
6300
6301 ;;;***
6302 \f
6303 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6304 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6307
6308 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6309
6310 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6311 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6312 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6313 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6314
6315 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6316 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6317 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6318 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6319 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6320 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6321 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6322 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6323 used (see below).
6324
6325 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6326 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6327 Before the actual body code, you can write
6328 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6329 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6330 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6331 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6332 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6333 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6334 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6335 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6336 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6337 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6338 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6339
6340 For example, you could write
6341 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6342 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6343 ...BODY CODE...)
6344
6345 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6346
6347 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6348 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6349 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6350 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6351 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6352 :group to specify the custom group.
6353
6354 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6355
6356 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6357 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6358 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6359 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6360 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6361 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6362 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6363
6364 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6365
6366 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6367 Not documented
6368
6369 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6370
6371 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6372 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6373 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6374
6375 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6376
6377 ;;;***
6378 \f
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6380 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054
6381 ;;;;;; 60749))
6382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6383
6384 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6385
6386 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6387 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6388
6389 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6390 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6391 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6392
6393 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6394 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6395
6396 :filter FUNCTION
6397
6398 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6399 menu displayed.
6400
6401 :visible INCLUDE
6402
6403 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6404 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6405
6406 :active ENABLE
6407
6408 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6409 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6410
6411 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6412
6413 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6414
6415 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6416
6417 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6418 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6419
6420 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6421 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6422
6423 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6424
6425 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6426
6427 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6428
6429 :keys KEYS
6430
6431 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6432 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6433 computed automatically.
6434 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6435
6436 :key-sequence KEYS
6437
6438 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6439 menu item.
6440 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6441 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6442 keyboard equivalent.
6443
6444 :active ENABLE
6445
6446 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6447 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6448
6449 :included INCLUDE
6450
6451 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6452 expression has a non-nil value.
6453
6454 :suffix FORM
6455
6456 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6457 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6458
6459 :style STYLE
6460
6461 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6462 defined:
6463
6464 toggle: A checkbox.
6465 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6466 radio: A radio button.
6467 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6468 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6469 menu bar itself.
6470 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6471
6472 :selected SELECTED
6473
6474 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6475 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6476
6477 :help HELP
6478
6479 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6480
6481 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6482 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6483 as a solid horizontal line.
6484
6485 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6486
6487 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6488
6489 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6490 Not documented
6491
6492 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6493
6494 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6495 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6496 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6497 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6498
6499 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6500
6501 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6502 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6503 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6504 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6505 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6506 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6507
6508 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6509 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6510 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6511
6512 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6513 to implement dynamic menus.
6514
6515 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6516
6517 ;;;***
6518 \f
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6520 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6521 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6522 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6523 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6525
6526 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6527 Customization for ebnf group.
6528
6529 \(fn)" t nil)
6530
6531 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6532 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6533
6534 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6535 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6536 it to the printer.
6537
6538 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6539 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6540 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6541 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6542
6543 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6544
6545 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6546 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6547 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6548
6549 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6550
6551 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6552 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6553 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6554 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6555
6556 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6557
6558 \(fn)" t nil)
6559
6560 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6561 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6562 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6563
6564 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6565
6566 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6569 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6570
6571 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6572 The EPS file name has the following form:
6573
6574 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6575
6576 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6577 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6578
6579 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6580 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6581 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6582 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6583
6584 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6585
6586 \(fn)" t nil)
6587
6588 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6589 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6590
6591 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6592 The EPS file name has the following form:
6593
6594 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6595
6596 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6597 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6598
6599 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6600 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6601 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6602 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6603
6604 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6605
6606 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6607
6608 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6609
6610 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6611 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6612
6613 \(fn)" t nil)
6614
6615 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6616 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6617
6618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6621 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6622
6623 \(fn)" nil nil)
6624
6625 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6626 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6627
6628 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6629
6630 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6631 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6632
6633 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6636 Set STYLE to current style.
6637
6638 It returns the old style symbol.
6639
6640 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6641
6642 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6643 Reset current style.
6644
6645 It returns the old style symbol.
6646
6647 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6650 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6651
6652 It returns the old style symbol.
6653
6654 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6655
6656 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6657 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6658
6659 It returns the old style symbol.
6660
6661 \(fn)" t nil)
6662
6663 ;;;***
6664 \f
6665 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6666 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6667 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6668 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6669 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6670 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154))
6671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6672
6673 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6674 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6675 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6676 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6677 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6678 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6679
6680 Tree mode key bindings:
6681 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6682
6683 \(fn)" t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6686 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6687
6688 \(fn)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6691 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6692 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6693 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6694 completion.
6695
6696 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6697
6698 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6699 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6700 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6701 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6702
6703 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6704
6705 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6706 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6707 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6708
6709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6710
6711 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6712 Search for call sites of a member.
6713 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6714 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6715 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6716 looks like a function call to the member.
6717
6718 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6719
6720 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6721 Move backward in the position stack.
6722 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6723
6724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6725
6726 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6727 Move forward in the position stack.
6728 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6729
6730 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6731
6732 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6733 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6734
6735 \(fn)" t nil)
6736
6737 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6738 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6739
6740 \(fn)" t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6743 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6744 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6745 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6746
6747 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6748
6749 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6750 Display statistics for a class tree.
6751
6752 \(fn)" t nil)
6753
6754 ;;;***
6755 \f
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6757 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6759
6760 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6761 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6762 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6763 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6764
6765 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6766 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6767 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6768
6769 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6770 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6771 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6772
6773 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6774
6775 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
6776
6777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6778
6779 ;;;***
6780 \f
6781 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6782 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6784
6785 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6786 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6787 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6788
6789 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6790
6791 ;;;***
6792 \f
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
6794 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
6796
6797 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
6798 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
6799 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
6800 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
6801 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
6802
6803 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
6804 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
6805 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
6806 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
6807
6808 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
6809
6810 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
6811 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
6812 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
6813 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
6814
6815 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
6816
6817 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
6818 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
6819 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
6820 \(naming a function), or a list.
6821
6822 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
6823
6824 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
6825
6826 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
6827 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
6828 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
6829 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
6830 using `eval-expression' (which see).
6831
6832 If you do this on a function definition
6833 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
6834 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
6835 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
6836 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
6837
6838 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
6839 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
6840 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
6841 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
6842 already is one.)
6843
6844 \(fn)" t nil)
6845
6846 ;;;***
6847 \f
6848 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
6849 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
6850 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
6851 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
6852 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
6853 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
6854 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
6855 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
6856 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
6857 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824))
6858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
6859
6860 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6861 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
6862
6863 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6864
6865 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6866 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
6867
6868 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6869
6870 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6871
6872 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6873
6874 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6875 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6876 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6877 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
6878
6879 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
6880
6881 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6882 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
6883
6884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6885
6886 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6887
6888 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6889 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
6890
6891 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6892
6893 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6894
6895 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6896 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6897 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6898 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6899
6900 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
6901
6902 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6903
6904 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6905 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6906 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6907 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6908
6909 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
6910
6911 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6912
6913 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6914 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6915 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
6916 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6917
6918 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
6919
6920 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6921
6922 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6923 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6924 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6925 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6926
6927 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6928
6929 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6930
6931 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6932 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6933 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6934 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6935 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
6936 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6937
6938 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6939
6940 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6941 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6942 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6943 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6944
6945 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6946
6947 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6948
6949 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6950 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6951 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6952 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6953
6954 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6955
6956 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6957
6958 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6959
6960 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6961 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6962 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6963 follows:
6964 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6965 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6966
6967 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6968
6969 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6970 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6971 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6972 follows:
6973 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6974 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6975
6976 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6977
6978 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6979 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6980 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6981 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6982 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6983 region.
6984 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6985 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
6986
6987 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6990 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6991 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6992 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6993 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6994 region.
6995 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6996 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6997 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
6998
6999 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7000
7001 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7002
7003 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7004 Merge two files without ancestor.
7005
7006 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7007
7008 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7009 Merge two files with ancestor.
7010
7011 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7012
7013 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7014
7015 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7016 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7017
7018 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7021 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7022
7023 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7026 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7027 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7028 buffer.
7029
7030 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7033 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7034 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7035 buffer.
7036
7037 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7038
7039 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7040 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7041 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7042 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7043
7044 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7047 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7048 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7049 and don't ask the user.
7050 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7051 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7052
7053 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7056 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7057 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7058 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7059 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7060 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7061
7062 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7063
7064 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7065
7066 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7067
7068 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7069 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7070 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7071 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7072 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7073
7074 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7075
7076 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7077
7078 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7079 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7080 When called interactively, displays the version.
7081
7082 \(fn)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7085 Display Ediff's manual.
7086 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7087
7088 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7089
7090 ;;;***
7091 \f
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7093 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
7094 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7095
7096 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7097 Not documented
7098
7099 \(fn)" t nil)
7100
7101 ;;;***
7102 \f
7103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7105
7106 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7107 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7108
7109 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7110
7111 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7112
7113 ;;;***
7114 \f
7115 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7116 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
7117 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7118
7119 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7120 Display Ediff's registry.
7121
7122 \(fn)" t nil)
7123
7124 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7125
7126 ;;;***
7127 \f
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7129 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824))
7130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7131
7132 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7133 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7134 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7135 which see.
7136
7137 \(fn)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7140 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7141 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7142 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7143
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7145
7146 ;;;***
7147 \f
7148 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7149 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7150 ;;;;;; (15941 42952))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7152
7153 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7154 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7155 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7156
7157 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7158 Edit a keyboard macro.
7159 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7160 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7161 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7162 its command name.
7163 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7164
7165 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7166
7167 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7168 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7169
7170 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7171
7172 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7173 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7174
7175 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7178 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7179 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7180 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7181 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7182 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7183
7184 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7185 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7186 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7187 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7188
7189 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7192 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7193 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7194 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7195 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7196 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7197
7198 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7199
7200 ;;;***
7201 \f
7202 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7203 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7205
7206 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7207 Set scroll margins.
7208 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7209 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7210
7211 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7214 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7215
7216 \(fn)" t nil)
7217
7218 ;;;***
7219 \f
7220 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7221 ;;;;;; (16139 21083))
7222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7223
7224 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7225 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7226 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7227 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7228 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7229 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7230 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7231 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7232
7233 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7234 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7235
7236 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7237 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7238 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7239 this value is non-nil.
7240
7241 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7242 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7243 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7244
7245 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7246 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7247 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7248
7249 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7250
7251 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7252 Not documented
7253
7254 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7255
7256 ;;;***
7257 \f
7258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7259 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16066 53440))
7260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7261
7262 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7263 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7264
7265 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7266
7267 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7268 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7269 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7270
7271 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7272 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7273 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7274 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7275 from the documentation string if possible.
7276
7277 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7278 instead.
7279
7280 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7281
7282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7285 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7286
7287 \(fn)" t nil)
7288
7289 ;;;***
7290 \f
7291 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829
7292 ;;;;;; 28907))
7293 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7294
7295 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7296 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7297
7298 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7299 an elided material again.
7300
7301 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7302
7303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7304
7305 ;;;***
7306 \f
7307 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7308 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7310
7311 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7312 Initialize elint.
7313
7314 \(fn)" t nil)
7315
7316 ;;;***
7317 \f
7318 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7319 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15407
7320 ;;;;;; 8858))
7321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7322
7323 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7324 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7325 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7326
7327 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7330 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7331 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7332
7333 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7334
7335 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7336 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7337 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7338
7339 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7340
7341 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7344 Display current profiling results.
7345 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7346 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7347 displayed.
7348
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7350
7351 ;;;***
7352 \f
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (15678 51470))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7356
7357 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7358 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7359 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7360
7361 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7362
7363 ;;;***
7364 \f
7365 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7366 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7367 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7368 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7369 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16174 61084))
7370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7371
7372 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7373 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7374 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7375 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7376 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7377 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7378 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7379 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7380 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7381 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7382 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7383 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7384 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7385 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7386 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7387 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7388
7389 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7390 Run Emerge on two files.
7391
7392 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7395 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7396
7397 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7400 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7401
7402 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7405 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7406
7407 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7410 Not documented
7411
7412 \(fn)" nil nil)
7413
7414 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7415 Not documented
7416
7417 \(fn)" nil nil)
7418
7419 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7420 Not documented
7421
7422 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7423
7424 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7425 Not documented
7426
7427 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7428
7429 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7430 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7431
7432 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7435 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7436
7437 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7440 Not documented
7441
7442 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7443
7444 ;;;***
7445 \f
7446 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7447 ;;;;;; (16179 34394))
7448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7449
7450 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7451 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7452 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7454 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7455
7456 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7457
7458 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7459 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7460 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7461
7462 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7463 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7464 automatically.
7465
7466 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7467 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7468 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7469
7470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7471
7472 ;;;***
7473 \f
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7475 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16162 11943))
7476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7477
7478 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7479 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7480 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7481 text/enriched format.
7482 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7483
7484 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7485 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7486
7487 Commands:
7488
7489 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7490
7491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7492
7493 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7494 Not documented
7495
7496 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7497
7498 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7499 Not documented
7500
7501 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7502
7503 ;;;***
7504 \f
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16179
7506 ;;;;;; 16825))
7507 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7508
7509 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7510 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7511
7512 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7513
7514 \(fn)" nil nil)
7515
7516 ;;;***
7517 \f
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
7519 ;;;;;; 50922))
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7521
7522 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7523 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7524
7525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7526
7527 ;;;***
7528 \f
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7530 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808))
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7532
7533 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7534 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7535 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7536 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7537 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7538 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7539 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7540 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7541 buffer selected (or created).
7542
7543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7544
7545 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7546 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7547 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7548
7549 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7550
7551 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7552 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7553 The result might be any Lisp object.
7554 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7555 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7556 corresponding to a successful execution.
7557
7558 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7559
7560 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7561 Report a bug in Eshell.
7562 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7563 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7564
7565 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7566
7567 ;;;***
7568 \f
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7570 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7571 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7572 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7573 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7574 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7575 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148
7576 ;;;;;; 4633))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7578
7579 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7580 *File name of tags table.
7581 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7582 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7583 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7584 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7585
7586 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7587 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7588 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7589 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7590
7591 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7592
7593 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7594 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7595 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7596 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7597 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7598 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7599
7600 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7601
7602 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7603 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7604 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7605 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7606 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7607 `auto-compression-mode').")
7608
7609 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7610
7611 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7612 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7613 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7614 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7615 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7616
7617 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7618
7619 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7620 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7621 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7622 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7623
7624 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7625
7626 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7627 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7628 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7629 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7630 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7631
7632 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7633
7634 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7635 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7636 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7637 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7638
7639 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7640 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7641 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7642 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7643 file the tag was in.
7644
7645 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7646
7647 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7648 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7649 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7650 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7651 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7652 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7653 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7654 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7655 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7656
7657 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7658
7659 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7660 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7661 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7662 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7663 without directory names.
7664
7665 \(fn)" nil nil)
7666
7667 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7669 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7670 but does not select the buffer.
7671 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7672
7673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7676 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7677 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7678
7679 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7680
7681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7684
7685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7686
7687 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7688
7689 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7692 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7693
7694 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7695 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7696 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7697 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7698 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7699
7700 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7701
7702 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7703 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7704 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7705
7706 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7707
7708 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7709 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7710
7711 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7712 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7713 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7714 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7715 around or before point.
7716
7717 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7718 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7719 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7720 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7721 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7722
7723 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7724
7725 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7726 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7727 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7728
7729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7730
7731 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7732 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7733
7734 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7735 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7736 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7737 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7738 around or before point.
7739
7740 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7741 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7742 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7743 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7744 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7745
7746 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7747
7748 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7749 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7750 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7751
7752 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7753
7754 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7755 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7756
7757 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7758 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7759 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7760
7761 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7762 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7763 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7764 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7765 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7766
7767 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7768
7769 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7770 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7771 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7772
7773 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7774
7775 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7776 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7777 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7778
7779 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7780 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
7781
7782 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
7783 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7784 where they were found.
7785
7786 \(fn)" t nil)
7787
7788 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7789 Select next file among files in current tags table.
7790
7791 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7792 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7793 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7794
7795 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7796 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7797
7798 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7799 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7800
7801 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7804 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
7805 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
7806 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
7807
7808 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
7809 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
7810 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
7811 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
7812 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
7813
7814 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
7815 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
7816
7817 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
7818 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
7819 Stops when a match is found.
7820 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7821
7822 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7823
7824 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
7825
7826 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
7827 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
7828 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7829 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7830 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7831
7832 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7833
7834 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
7835
7836 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
7837 Display list of tags in file FILE.
7838 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
7839 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
7840 directory specification.
7841
7842 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
7843
7844 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
7845 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
7846
7847 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7848
7849 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
7850 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
7851 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
7852 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
7853
7854 \(fn)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
7857 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
7858 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
7859 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
7860 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
7861
7862 \(fn)" t nil)
7863
7864 ;;;***
7865 \f
7866 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
7867 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
7868 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
7869 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
7870 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
7871 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
7872 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
7873 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16118 44435))
7874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
7875
7876 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
7877 Not documented
7878
7879 \(fn)" nil nil)
7880
7881 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
7882 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
7883 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
7884 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7885
7886 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
7887 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7888 language.
7889
7890 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
7891 even if the buffer is read-only.
7892
7893 See also the descriptions of the variables
7894 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7895 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7896
7897 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7900 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
7901
7902 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7903 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7904
7905 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
7906 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7907 language.
7908
7909 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
7910 buffer is read-only.
7911
7912 See also the descriptions of the variables
7913 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7914 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7915
7916 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7919 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
7920 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7921
7922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7923
7924 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7925 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
7926
7927 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
7928 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
7929
7930 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
7931 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
7932
7933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7934
7935 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7936 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
7937 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
7938 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
7939
7940 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
7943 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
7944 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7945 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7946
7947 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
7948 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
7949 the primary language.
7950
7951 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
7952 buffer is read-only.
7953
7954 See also the descriptions of the variables
7955 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7956 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7957
7958 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7959
7960 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7961 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
7962 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7963 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7964
7965 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
7966 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
7967 primary language.
7968
7969 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
7970 buffer is read-only.
7971
7972 See also the descriptions of the variables
7973 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7974 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7975
7976 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7977
7978 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7979 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
7980 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7981
7982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7985 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
7986
7987 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
7988 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
7989 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
7990 3) convert the body into SERA.
7991
7992 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
7993
7994 \(fn)" t nil)
7995
7996 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7997 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
7998 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
7999
8000 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8003 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8004
8005 \(fn)" t nil)
8006
8007 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8008 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8009
8010 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8011 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8012 be 1, 2, or 3.
8013
8014 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8015 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8016 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8017
8018 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8019
8020 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8021
8022 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8023 Allow the user to input special characters.
8024
8025 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8026
8027 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8028 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8029 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8030
8031 \(fn)" t nil)
8032
8033 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8034 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8035
8036 \(fn)" t nil)
8037
8038 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8039 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8040
8041 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8042 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8043
8044 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8045 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8046
8047 \(fn)" nil nil)
8048
8049 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8050 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8051
8052 \(fn)" nil nil)
8053
8054 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8055 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8056
8057 \(fn)" nil nil)
8058
8059 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8060 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8061
8062 \(fn)" nil nil)
8063
8064 ;;;***
8065 \f
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8067 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8068 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8070
8071 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8072 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8073 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8074 server for future sessions.
8075
8076 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8079 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8080
8081 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8084 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8085
8086 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8089 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8090 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8091 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8092 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8093 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8094 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8095 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8096 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8097 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8098 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8099 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8100
8101 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8104 Display a form to query the directory server.
8105 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8106 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8107
8108 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8111 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8112 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8113
8114 \(fn)" t nil)
8115
8116 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8117
8118 ;;;***
8119 \f
8120 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8121 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8122 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 17608))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8124
8125 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8126 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8127
8128 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8129
8130 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8131 Display URL and make it clickable.
8132
8133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8134
8135 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8136 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8137
8138 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8139
8140 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8141 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8142
8143 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8144
8145 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8146 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8147
8148 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8149
8150 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8151 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8152
8153 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8158 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 17608))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8160
8161 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8162 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8163 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8164
8165 \(fn)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8168 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8169
8170 \(fn)" t nil)
8171
8172 ;;;***
8173 \f
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8175 ;;;;;; (15429 17608))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8177
8178 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8179 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 ;;;***
8184 \f
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8186 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8187 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8189
8190 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8191 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8192 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8193
8194 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8195
8196 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8197 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8198 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8199 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8200 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8201 executable.
8202
8203 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8206 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8207 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8208
8209 \(fn)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8212 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8213 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8214 file modes.
8215
8216 \(fn)" nil nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8221 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15364 46020))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8223
8224 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8225 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8226 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8227 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8228
8229 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8230
8231 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8232 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8233 to generate such functions.
8234
8235 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8236 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8237 beginning of the expanded text.
8238
8239 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8240 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8241 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8242 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8243
8244 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8245
8246 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8249 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8250 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8251
8252 \(fn)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8255 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8256 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8257
8258 \(fn)" t nil)
8259 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8260 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8261
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8266
8267 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8268 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8269 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8270
8271 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8272 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8273 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8274
8275 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8276
8277 Key definitions:
8278 \\{f90-mode-map}
8279
8280 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8281
8282 `f90-do-indent'
8283 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8284 `f90-if-indent'
8285 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8286 `f90-type-indent'
8287 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8288 `f90-program-indent'
8289 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8290 (default 2).
8291 `f90-continuation-indent'
8292 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8293 `f90-comment-region'
8294 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8295 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8296 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8297 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8298 (default \"!\").
8299 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8300 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8301 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8302 `f90-break-delimiters'
8303 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8304 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8305 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8306 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8307 (default t).
8308 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8309 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8310 `f90-smart-end'
8311 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8312 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8313 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8314 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8315 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8316 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8317 `f90-leave-line-no'
8318 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8319 `f90-keywords-re'
8320 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8321
8322 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8323 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8324
8325 \(fn)" t nil)
8326
8327 ;;;***
8328 \f
8329 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8330 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8331 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8332 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8333 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8335 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8336 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8337
8338 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8339 Menu keymap for faces.")
8340
8341 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8342
8343 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8344 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8345
8346 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8347
8348 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8349 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8350
8351 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8352
8353 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8354 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8355
8356 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8357
8358 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8359 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8360
8361 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8362
8363 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8364 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8365
8366 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8367
8368 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8369 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8370
8371 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8372
8373 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8374
8375 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8376
8377 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8378
8379 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8380 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8381 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8382 will not show through at all will be removed.
8383
8384 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8385
8386 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8387 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8388 requested face.
8389
8390 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8391 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8392 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8393
8394 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8397 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8398 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8399
8400 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8401 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8402 requested face.
8403
8404 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8405 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8406 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8407
8408 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8411 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8412 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8413
8414 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8415 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8416 requested face.
8417
8418 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8419 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8420 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8421
8422 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8423
8424 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8425 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8426 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8427 is the menu item's name.
8428
8429 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8430 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8431 requested face.
8432
8433 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8434 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8435 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8436
8437 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8438
8439 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8440 Make the region invisible.
8441 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8442 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8443
8444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8447 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8448 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8449 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8450
8451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8454 Make the region unmodifiable.
8455 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8456 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8457
8458 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8459
8460 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8461 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8462
8463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8464
8465 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8466 Remove all text properties from the region.
8467
8468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8469
8470 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8471 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8472 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8473
8474 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8475
8476 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8477 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8478
8479 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8480
8481 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8482 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8483 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8484 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8485 of colors that the current display can handle.
8486
8487 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8488
8489 ;;;***
8490 \f
8491 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8492 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952))
8493 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8494
8495 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8496 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8497 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8498 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8499
8500 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8501
8502 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8503 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8504 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8505
8506 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8507 - When you save the file's buffer.
8508 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8509 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8510 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8511 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8512
8513 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8514
8515 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8516 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8517 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8518 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8519
8520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8523 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8524
8525 \(fn)" nil nil)
8526
8527 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8528
8529 ;;;***
8530 \f
8531 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8532 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8533 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274))
8534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8535
8536 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8537 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8538 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8539 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8540
8541 \(fn)" nil nil)
8542
8543 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8544 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8545
8546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8547
8548 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8549 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8550 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8551 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8552
8553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8554
8555 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8556 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8557 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8558 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8559 backup file names and the like).
8560
8561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8564 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8565 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8566 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8567 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8568 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8569 internally by feedmail):
8570
8571 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8572 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8573 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8574 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8575
8576 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8577 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8578 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8579 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8580 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8581
8582 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8583
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8587 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671))
8588 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8589
8590 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8591 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8592 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8593 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8594 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8595 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8596 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8597
8598 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8599
8600 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8601 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8602 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8603 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8604 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8605 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8606 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8607
8608 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8611
8612 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8613
8614 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8615 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8616 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8617 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8618 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8619 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8620
8621 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8624 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8625 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8626 Return value:
8627 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8628 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8629 * otherwise, nil
8630
8631 \(fn E)" t nil)
8632
8633 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8634 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8635
8636 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8637
8638 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8639 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8640
8641 \(fn)" t nil)
8642
8643 ;;;***
8644 \f
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8646 ;;;;;; (15997 5128))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8648
8649 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8650 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8651 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8652 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8653 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8654 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8655 \(directories) is done.
8656
8657 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8658 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8659 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8660 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8661
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8665 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8667
8668 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8669 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8670 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8671 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8672 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8673
8674 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8675
8676 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8677 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8678 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8679 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8680
8681 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8682
8683 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8684 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8685 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8686
8687 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8688
8689 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8690 as the final argument.
8691
8692 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8693
8694 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8695 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8696 and run dired on those files.
8697 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8698 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8699
8700 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8701
8702 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8705 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8706 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8707
8708 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8709
8710 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8711
8712 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8713
8714 ;;;***
8715 \f
8716 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8717 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8718 ;;;;;; (16111 41825))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8720
8721 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8722 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8723 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8724
8725 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8726
8727 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8728
8729 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8730
8731 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8732 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8733 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8734
8735 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8736 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8737
8738 Variables of interest include:
8739
8740 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8741 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8742 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8743
8744 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8745 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8746 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8747
8748 - `ff-ignore-include'
8749 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8750
8751 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8752 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8753
8754 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8755 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8756
8757 - `ff-special-constructs'
8758 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8759 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8760 extracting the filename from that construct.
8761
8762 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8763 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8764
8765 - `ff-search-directories'
8766 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8767 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8768
8769 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8770 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8771
8772 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8773 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8774
8775 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8776 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8777
8778 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8779 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8780
8781 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8782 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8783
8784 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8785
8786 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8787 Visit the file you click on.
8788
8789 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8790
8791 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8792 Visit the file you click on in another window.
8793
8794 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8795
8796 ;;;***
8797 \f
8798 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8799 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8800 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8801 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8802 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8803 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8805
8806 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
8807 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
8808
8809 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
8810
8811 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
8812 Search for SYMBOL.
8813 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
8814 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
8815
8816 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
8817
8818 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
8819 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
8820
8821 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
8822 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8823 not selected.
8824
8825 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
8826 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
8827 in `load-path'.
8828
8829 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
8832 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
8833
8834 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
8835 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
8836 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8837 it is one of the current buffers.
8838
8839 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
8840 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8841 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8842
8843 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8844
8845 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
8846 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8847
8848 See `find-function' for more details.
8849
8850 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8851
8852 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8853 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8854
8855 See `find-function' for more details.
8856
8857 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8858
8859 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
8860 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
8861
8862 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
8863 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8864 not selected.
8865
8866 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
8867 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8868
8869 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
8872 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
8873
8874 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
8875 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
8876 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8877 it is one of the current buffers.
8878
8879 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
8880 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8881 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8882
8883 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8884
8885 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
8886 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8887
8888 See `find-variable' for more details.
8889
8890 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8891
8892 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8893 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8894
8895 See `find-variable' for more details.
8896
8897 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8898
8899 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
8900 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
8901 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
8902
8903 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
8904
8905 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
8906 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8907
8908 \(fn)" t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
8911 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8912
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8914
8915 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
8916 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
8917
8918 \(fn)" nil nil)
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
8923 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15188 556))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
8925
8926 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
8927 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
8928
8929 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8930
8931 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
8932 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
8933
8934 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
8935
8936 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
8937 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
8938
8939 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
8944 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
8946
8947 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
8948 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
8949
8950 \(fn)" t nil)
8951
8952 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
8953 Display FILE's commentary section.
8954 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
8955
8956 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8957
8958 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
8959 Find packages matching a given keyword.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 ;;;***
8964 \f
8965 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
8966 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
8968
8969 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
8970 Toggle flow control handling.
8971 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
8972 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
8973
8974 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
8975
8976 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
8977 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
8978 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
8979 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
8980 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
8981 to get the effect of a C-q.
8982
8983 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
8984
8985 ;;;***
8986 \f
8987 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
8988 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
8989 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
8991
8992 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
8993 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
8994 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
8995
8996 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
8997
8998 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
8999 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9000
9001 \(fn)" t nil)
9002
9003 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9004
9005 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9006
9007 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9008 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9009 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9010 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9011 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9012 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9013
9014 Bindings:
9015 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9017 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9018
9019 Hooks:
9020 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9021
9022 Remark:
9023 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9024 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9025 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9026
9027 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9028 consider adding:
9029 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9030 in your .emacs file.
9031
9032 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9033 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9034
9035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9036
9037 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9038
9039 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9040 The flyspell version
9041
9042 \(fn)" t nil)
9043
9044 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9045 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9046
9047 \(fn)" nil nil)
9048
9049 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9050 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9051
9052 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9053
9054 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9055 Flyspell whole buffer.
9056
9057 \(fn)" t nil)
9058
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9062 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9063 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9065
9066 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9067 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9068
9069 \(fn)" t nil)
9070
9071 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9072 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9073
9074 \(fn)" t nil)
9075
9076 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9077 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9078
9079 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9080 of two major techniques:
9081
9082 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9083 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9084 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9085
9086 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9087 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9088 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9089 movement commands.
9090
9091 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9092 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9093 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9094 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9095 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9096 mileage may vary).
9097
9098 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9099 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9100
9101 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9102
9103 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9104 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9105 \(This is the default.)
9106
9107 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9108 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9109
9110 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9111 \\{follow-mode-map}
9112
9113 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9114
9115 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9116 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9117
9118 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9119 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9120 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9121 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9122 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9123 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9124
9125 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9126 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9127 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9128
9129 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9130 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9131 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9132
9133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9138 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9139 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16179 10735))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9141
9142 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9143 Not documented
9144
9145 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9148 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9149 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9150 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9151 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9152 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9153 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9154 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9155 end of the current highlighting list.
9156
9157 For example:
9158
9159 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9160 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9161 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9162
9163 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9164 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9165
9166 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9167 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9168 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9169
9170 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9171 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9172 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9173
9174 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9175
9176 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9177 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9178
9179 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9180 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9181
9182 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9183 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9184 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9185
9186 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9189 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9190
9191 \(fn)" t nil)
9192
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941
9196 ;;;;;; 42961))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9198
9199 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9200 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9201 \\<message-mode-map>
9202 key binding
9203 --- -------
9204
9205 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9206 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9207 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9208 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9209 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9210 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9211
9212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9217 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9219
9220 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9221 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9222
9223 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9224 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9225 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9226 C-c < forms-first-record <
9227 C-c > forms-last-record >
9228 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9229 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9230 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9231 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9232 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9233 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9234 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9235 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9236 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9237 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9238
9239 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9242 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9243
9244 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9247 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9248
9249 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9254 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9256
9257 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9258 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9259 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9260 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9261 with a character in column 6.")
9262
9263 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9264
9265 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9266 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9267 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9268
9269 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9270 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9271
9272 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9273
9274 Key definitions:
9275 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9276
9277 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9278
9279 `comment-start'
9280 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9281 `fortran-do-indent'
9282 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9283 `fortran-if-indent'
9284 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9285 `fortran-structure-indent'
9286 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9287 (default 3)
9288 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9289 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9290 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9291 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9292 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9293 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9294 nil don't change the indentation
9295 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9296 value of either
9297 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9298 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9299 depending on the continuation format in use.
9300 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9301 indentation for a line of code.
9302 (default 'fixed)
9303 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9304 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9305 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9306 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9307 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9308 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9309 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9310 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9311 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9312 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9313 column 5.
9314 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9315 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9316 statements (default nil).
9317 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9318 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9319 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9320 `fortran-continuation-string'
9321 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9322 line (default \"$\").
9323 `fortran-comment-region'
9324 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9325 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9326 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9327 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9328 as typed (default t).
9329 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9330 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9331
9332 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9333 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9334
9335 \(fn)" t nil)
9336
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9340 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9342
9343 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9344 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9345
9346 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9347 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9348
9349 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9350
9351 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9352 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9353
9354 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9355 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9356
9357 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9358
9359 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9360 Compile fortune file.
9361
9362 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9363 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9364
9365 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9366
9367 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9368 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9369
9370 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9371 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9372 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9373 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9374
9375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9378 Display a fortune cookie.
9379
9380 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9381 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9382 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9383 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9384
9385 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9386
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9390 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9392
9393 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9394 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9395 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9396 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9397 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9398 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9399 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9400 fringe).
9401 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9402 it take real effect.
9403 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9404 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9405 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9406
9407 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9408
9409 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9410 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9411 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9412 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9413 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9414 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9415 specified, the user is queried.
9416 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9417 future.
9418 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9419 see `set-fringe-style'.
9420
9421 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9422
9423 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9424 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9425 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9426 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9427 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9428 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9429 specified, the user is queried.
9430 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9431
9432 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9433
9434 ;;;***
9435 \f
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16167 21090))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9438
9439 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9440 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9441 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9442 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9443
9444 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9445 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9446 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9447
9448 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9449 GDB Toolbar
9450 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9451 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9452 |
9453 |
9454 |
9455 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9456 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9457 | (comint-mode)
9458 |
9459 |
9460 |
9461 |
9462 |
9463 |
9464 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9465 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9466 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9467 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9468 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9469 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9470
9471 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9472 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9473 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9474 in the GUD buffer.
9475
9476 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9477 screen.
9478
9479 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9480 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9481 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9482
9483 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9484
9485 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9486 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9487 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9488 reset variables.
9489
9490 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9491
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9495 ;;;;;; (15188 557))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9497
9498 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9499 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9500
9501 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9502 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9503
9504 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9505 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9506 function.
9507
9508 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9509 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9510 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9511 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9512 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9513 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9514
9515 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9516 Each keyword should be a string.
9517
9518 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9519 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9520
9521 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9522 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9523 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9524
9525 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9526
9527 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9528
9529 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9530
9531 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9532 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9533 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9534 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9535
9536 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9537 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9538
9539 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9540
9541 ;;;***
9542 \f
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9544 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9546
9547 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9548 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9549 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9550 at places they belong to.
9551
9552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9553
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9557 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9559
9560 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9561 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9562
9563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9564
9565 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9566 Read network news.
9567 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9568 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9569 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9570 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9571 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9572
9573 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9574
9575 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9576 Read news as a slave.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9579
9580 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9581 Pop up a frame to read news.
9582
9583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9584
9585 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9586 Read network news.
9587 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9588 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9589 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9590
9591 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9592
9593 ;;;***
9594 \f
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9596 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9597 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9599
9600 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9601 Start Gnus unplugged.
9602
9603 \(fn)" t nil)
9604
9605 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9606 Start Gnus plugged.
9607
9608 \(fn)" t nil)
9609
9610 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9611 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9612 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9613 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9614
9615 \(gnus-agentize)
9616
9617 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9618 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9619 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9620
9621 \(fn)" t nil)
9622
9623 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9624 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9625
9626 \(fn)" t nil)
9627
9628 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9629 Not documented
9630
9631 \(fn)" t nil)
9632
9633 ;;;***
9634 \f
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9636 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9638
9639 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9640 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9641
9642 \(fn)" nil nil)
9643
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9647 ;;;;;; (15186 43688))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9649
9650 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9651 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9652
9653 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9654
9655 ;;;***
9656 \f
9657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9658 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941
9659 ;;;;;; 42960))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9661
9662 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9663 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9664
9665 Usage:
9666 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9667
9668 \(fn)" t nil)
9669
9670 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9671 Generate the cache active file.
9672
9673 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9674
9675 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9676 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9677
9678 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9679
9680 ;;;***
9681 \f
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9683 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792))
9684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9685
9686 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9687 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9688 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9689
9690 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9693 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9694
9695 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9696
9697 ;;;***
9698 \f
9699 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9700 ;;;;;; (14813 33717))
9701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9702
9703 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9704
9705 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9706 Run batched scoring.
9707 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9708
9709 \(fn)" t nil)
9710
9711 ;;;***
9712 \f
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9714 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9716
9717 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9718 Not documented
9719
9720 \(fn)" nil nil)
9721
9722 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9723 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9724
9725 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9726
9727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9728
9729 ;;;***
9730 \f
9731 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9732 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9735
9736 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9737 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9738 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9739 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9740 group parameters.
9741
9742 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9743 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9744 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9745 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9746
9747 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9748 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9749 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9750 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9751 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9752 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9753 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9754 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9755 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9756 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9757
9758 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9761 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9762 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9763
9764 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9765 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9766
9767 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9770 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9771 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9772
9773 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9774
9775 \(fn)" nil nil)
9776
9777 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9778 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9779 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9780
9781 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9782
9783 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9784 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9785 existing groups are considered.
9786
9787 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9788 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9789 returned.
9790
9791 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9792 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9793 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9794 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9795 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9796 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9797 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9798 clauses will be generated.
9799
9800 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9801 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9802 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9803 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9804 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9805 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
9806
9807 For example, given the following group parameters:
9808
9809 nnml:mail.bar:
9810 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
9811 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
9812 nnml:mail.foo:
9813 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
9814 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
9815 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
9816 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
9817 nnml:mail.others:
9818 \((split-spec . catch-all))
9819
9820 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
9821
9822 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
9823 \"mail.bar\")
9824 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
9825 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
9826 \"mail.others\")
9827
9828 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
9829
9830 ;;;***
9831 \f
9832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (14792 28984))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
9835
9836 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
9837 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
9838 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
9839
9840 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
9841
9842 ;;;***
9843 \f
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941
9845 ;;;;;; 42960))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
9847
9848 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
9849 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9850 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
9851 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
9852
9853 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
9854
9855 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
9856
9857 ;;;***
9858 \f
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
9860 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
9862
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
9864 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
9865 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
9866 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
9867 part is ignored.
9868
9869 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
9870 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
9871 rather than using this function.
9872
9873 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
9874
9875 ;;;***
9876 \f
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
9878 ;;;;;; (14792 28985))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
9880
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
9882 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
9883 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
9884 for matching on group names.
9885
9886 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
9887 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
9888
9889 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
9890
9891 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
9892
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9894
9895 ;;;***
9896 \f
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
9898 ;;;;;; (14870 42286))
9899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
9900
9901 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
9902 Update the format specification near point.
9903
9904 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
9905
9906 ;;;***
9907 \f
9908 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
9909 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16179 17130))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
9911
9912 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
9913 Unload all Gnus features.
9914 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
9915 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
9916 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
9917
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9919
9920 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
9921 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
9922
9923 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
9924
9925 ;;;***
9926 \f
9927 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
9928 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
9930
9931 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
9932 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
9933
9934 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
9935
9936 ;;;***
9937 \f
9938 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16027 27252))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
9940
9941 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
9942 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
9943
9944 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
9945 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
9946 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
9947
9948 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
9949 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
9950 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
9951
9952 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
9953 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
9954
9955 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
9956 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
9957
9958 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
9959
9960 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
9961
9962 ;;;***
9963 \f
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
9965 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
9967
9968 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
9969 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
9970 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
9971 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9972 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
9973
9974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
9977 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
9978 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
9979 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9980 there, then load the URL at or before point.
9981
9982 \(fn)" t nil)
9983
9984 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
9985 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
9986 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
9987 or to send e-mail.
9988 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
9989
9990 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
9991 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
9992
9993 \(fn)" t nil)
9994
9995 ;;;***
9996 \f
9997 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15289 33013))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
9999
10000 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10001 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10002 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10003 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10004 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10005
10006 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10007
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10011 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16165 36290))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10013
10014 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10015 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10016 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10017 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10018
10019 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10020
10021 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10022 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10023 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10024 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10025
10026 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10027
10028 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10029 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10030 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10031 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10032
10033 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10036 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10037 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10038 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10039
10040 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10041 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10042
10043 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10044
10045 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10046 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10047 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10048 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10049
10050 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10051
10052 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10053 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10054 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10055 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10056
10057 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10058
10059 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10060 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10061 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10062 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10063 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10064
10065 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10066 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10067 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10068 original source file access method.
10069
10070 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10071 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10072
10073 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10074
10075 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10076 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10077 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10078 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10079
10080 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10081 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10082
10083 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10084
10085 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10086 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10087
10088 \(fn)" t nil)
10089
10090 ;;;***
10091 \f
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941
10093 ;;;;;; 42963))
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10095
10096 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10097 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10098 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10099 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10100
10101 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10102 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10103 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10104 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10105
10106 \(fn)" t nil)
10107
10108 ;;;***
10109 \f
10110 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10111 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10113
10114 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10115 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10116
10117 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10118
10119 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10120 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10121 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10122 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10123
10124 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10125
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10129 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10130 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10131 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10132 to be updated.
10133
10134 \(fn)" t nil)
10135
10136 ;;;***
10137 \f
10138 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10139 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10140 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10142
10143 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10144 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10145 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10146 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10147 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10148 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10149
10150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10151
10152 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10153 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10154 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10155 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10156 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10157 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10158
10159 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10160 is used instead of `load-path'.
10161
10162 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10163 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10164 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10165
10166 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10167
10168 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10169 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10170
10171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10172
10173 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10174 Not documented
10175
10176 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10177
10178 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10179 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10180 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10181
10182 \(fn)" nil nil)
10183
10184 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10185 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10186 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10187 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10188 it is displayed along with the global value.
10189
10190 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10191
10192 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10193 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10194 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10195 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10196
10197 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10200 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10201 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10202
10203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10204
10205 ;;;***
10206 \f
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10208 ;;;;;; (15961 24150))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10210
10211 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10212 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10213 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10214 and window listing and describing the options.
10215 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10216 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10217
10218 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10219
10220 ;;;***
10221 \f
10222 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10223 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10224 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746))
10225 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10226
10227 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10228 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10229 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10230 Commands:
10231 \\{help-mode-map}
10232
10233 \(fn)" t nil)
10234
10235 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10236 Not documented
10237
10238 \(fn)" nil nil)
10239
10240 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10241 Not documented
10242
10243 \(fn)" nil nil)
10244
10245 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10246 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10247
10248 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10249 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10250 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10251 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10252
10253 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10254 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10255 restore it properly when going back.
10256
10257 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10258
10259 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10260 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10261
10262 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10263 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10264 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10265 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10266 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10267
10268 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10269 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10270 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10271 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10272
10273 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10274 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10275 that.
10276
10277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10278
10279 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10280 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10281 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10282 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10283 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10284 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10285
10286 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10287
10288 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10289 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10290 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10291 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10292 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10293
10294 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10295
10296 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10297 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10298
10299 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10300
10301 ;;;***
10302 \f
10303 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152))
10305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10306
10307 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10308 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10309
10310 \(fn)" t nil)
10311
10312 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10313 Provide help for current mode.
10314
10315 \(fn)" t nil)
10316
10317 ;;;***
10318 \f
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10320 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10322
10323 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10324 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10325 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10326 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10327 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10328
10329 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10330 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10331
10332 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10333 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10334 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10335 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10336
10337 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10338 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10339 periods.
10340
10341 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10342 in hexl format.
10343
10344 A sample format:
10345
10346 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10347 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10348 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10349 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10350 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10351 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10352 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10353 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10354 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10355 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10356 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10357 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10358 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10359 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10360 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10361
10362 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10363 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10364 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10365
10366 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10367 also supported.
10368
10369 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10370
10371 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10372 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10373 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10374
10375 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10376 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10377 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10378
10379 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10380 into the buffer at the current point.
10381
10382 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10383 into the buffer at the current point.
10384
10385 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10386 into the buffer at the current point.
10387
10388 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10389
10390 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10391 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10392
10393 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10394
10395 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10396
10397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10398
10399 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10400 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10401 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10402
10403 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10404
10405 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10406 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10407 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10408
10409 \(fn)" t nil)
10410
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10414 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10415 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941
10416 ;;;;;; 42952))
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10418
10419 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10420 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10421
10422 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10423
10424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10425 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10426
10427 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10428 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10429 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10430 which can be called interactively, are:
10431
10432 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10433 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10434
10435 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10436 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10437 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10438 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10439
10440 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10441 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10442
10443 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10444 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10445
10446 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10447 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10448 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10449 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10450 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10451 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10452
10453 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10454 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10455
10456 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10457 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10458 Hi-lock: FOO
10459 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10460 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10461 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10462 will be read until
10463 Hi-lock: end
10464 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10465
10466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10467
10468 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10469
10470 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10471 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10472
10473 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10474 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10475 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10476 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10477
10478 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10479
10480 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10481
10482 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10483 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10484
10485 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10486 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10487 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10488 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10489
10490 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10491
10492 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10493
10494 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10495 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10496
10497 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10498 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10499
10500 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10501
10502 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10503
10504 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10505 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10506
10507 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10508 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10509 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10510 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10511 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10512
10513 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10516 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10517
10518 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10519 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10520 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10521
10522 \(fn)" t nil)
10523
10524 ;;;***
10525 \f
10526 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10527 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10529
10530 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10531 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10532 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10533 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10534 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10535 how the hiding is done:
10536
10537 `hide-ifdef-env'
10538 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10539 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10540 is used.
10541
10542 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10543 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10544 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10545 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10546 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10547
10548 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10549 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10550 #endif lines when hiding.
10551
10552 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10553 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10554 is activated.
10555
10556 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10557 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10558 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10559
10560 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10561
10562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10563
10564 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10565 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10566
10567 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10568
10569 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10570 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10571
10572 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10573
10574 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10575 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10576
10577 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10578
10579 ;;;***
10580 \f
10581 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10582 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16162 11943))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10584
10585 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10586 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10587
10588 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10589
10590 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10591 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10592 Each element has the form
10593 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10594
10595 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10596 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10597
10598 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10599 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10600
10601 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10602 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10603 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10604 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10605 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10606 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10607
10608 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10609 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10610
10611 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10612 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10613
10614 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10615 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10616 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10617
10618 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10619 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10620 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10621 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10622 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10623 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10624
10625 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10626 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10627 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10628
10629 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10630 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10631
10632 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10633
10634 Key bindings:
10635 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10636
10637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10638
10639 ;;;***
10640 \f
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10642 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10643 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10644 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10646
10647 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10648
10649 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10650 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10651 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10652
10653 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10654
10655 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10656 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10657
10658 Without an argument:
10659 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10660 or passive state as determined by the variable
10661 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10662 and passive state.
10663
10664 With an argument ARG:
10665 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10666 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10667 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10668
10669 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10670 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10671 not displayed in a different face.
10672
10673 Functions:
10674 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10675 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10676 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10677 buffer with the contents of a file
10678 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10679 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10680 various faces.
10681
10682 Hook variables:
10683 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10684 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10685 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10686
10687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10688
10689 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10690 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10691
10692 \(fn)" t nil)
10693
10694 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10695 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10696
10697 \(fn)" t nil)
10698
10699 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10700 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10701
10702 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10703 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10704 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10705 shown in the last face in the list.
10706
10707 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10708 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10709 buffer to be saved):
10710
10711 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10712
10713 \(fn)" t nil)
10714
10715 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10716 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10717
10718 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10719 and must not be read-only.
10720
10721 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10722 this function is called interactively.
10723
10724 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10725 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10726 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10727
10728 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10729 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10730 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10731
10732 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10733
10734 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10735 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10736
10737 When called interactively:
10738 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10739 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10740 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10741 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10742
10743 When called from a program:
10744 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10745 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10746 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10747 - otherwise just turn it on
10748
10749 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10750 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
10751 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10752 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
10753
10754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10755
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10759 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10760 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10761 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10762 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10764
10765 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10766 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10767 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10768 or insert functions in this list.")
10769
10770 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
10771
10772 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10773 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10774
10775 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
10776
10777 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10778 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10779
10780 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
10781
10782 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10783 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10784
10785 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
10786
10787 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10788 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10789
10790 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
10791
10792 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10793 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10794 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10795
10796 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10797
10798 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
10799 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
10800 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10801 \(as atoms)")
10802
10803 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10804
10805 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
10806 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
10807 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10808 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
10809 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
10810
10811 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10812
10813 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
10814 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
10815 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
10816 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
10817 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
10818 expansions.
10819 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
10820 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
10821 undoes the expansion.
10822
10823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
10826 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
10827 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
10828 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
10829
10830 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
10831
10832 ;;;***
10833 \f
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
10835 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
10836 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
10837
10838 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10839 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
10840 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10841
10842 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
10843 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
10844 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
10845 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
10846 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
10847
10848 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
10849 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
10850 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
10851 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
10852
10853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10854
10855 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
10856 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
10857 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10859 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
10860
10861 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
10862
10863 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10864 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
10865 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10866
10867 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
10868 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
10869
10870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10871
10872 ;;;***
10873 \f
10874 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
10875 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
10876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
10877
10878 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
10879 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
10880 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10881
10882 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
10883
10884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
10887 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
10888
10889 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
10890 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
10891
10892 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
10893
10894 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
10895
10896 ;;;***
10897 \f
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
10899 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
10901
10902 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
10903 This function is obsolete.
10904 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10905 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10906
10907 \(fn)" nil nil)
10908
10909 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
10910 This function is obsolete.
10911 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10912 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10913
10914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
10917 This function is obsolete.
10918 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10919 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10920
10921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
10926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
10927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
10928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
10929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
10930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
10931 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
10932 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
10933 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
10934 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
10935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
10936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
10937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
10938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
10939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
10940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
10941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
10942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
10943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
10944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
10945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
10946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16136 53054))
10947 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
10948
10949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10950 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
10951 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
10952
10953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10954
10955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10956 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
10957
10958 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10959
10960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10961 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
10962
10963 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
10964
10965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10966 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
10967
10968 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10969
10970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10971 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
10972
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10976 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10977
10978 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10979
10980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10981 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10982
10983 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10984 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
10985 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10986 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
10987 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10988 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10989 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
10990 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
10991 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10992 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10993 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10994 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
10995
10996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
10997 Not documented
10998
10999 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11000
11001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11002 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11003
11004 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11007 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11008
11009 \(fn)" t nil)
11010
11011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11012 Remove the first filter group.
11013
11014 \(fn)" t nil)
11015
11016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11017 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11018
11019 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11022 Remove all filter groups.
11023
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11027 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11028
11029 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11030
11031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11032 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11033 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11034
11035 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11036
11037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11038 Kill the filter group at point.
11039 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11040
11041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11042
11043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11044 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11045
11046 \(fn)" t nil)
11047
11048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11049 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11050
11051 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11054 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11055 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11056 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11057
11058 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11059
11060 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11061 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11062 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11063
11064 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11067 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11068 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11069 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11070 of replacing the current filters.
11071
11072 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11073
11074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11075 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11076
11077 \(fn)" t nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11080 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11081
11082 \(fn)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11085 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11086
11087 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11088 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11089 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11090
11091 \(fn)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11094 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11095
11096 \(fn)" t nil)
11097
11098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11099 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11100
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11104 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11105 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11106 filter into parts.
11107
11108 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11111 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11112 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11113
11114 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11117 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11118
11119 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11122 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11123
11124 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11127 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11128 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11129 of replacing the current filters.
11130
11131 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11132 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11133 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11134 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11135 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11136 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11137 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11138 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11139 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11140
11141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11142 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11143 Default sorting modes are:
11144 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11145 Name - the name of the buffer
11146 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11147 Size - the size of the buffer
11148
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11152 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11153
11154 \(fn)" t nil)
11155 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11156 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11157 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11158 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11159
11160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11161 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11162
11163 \(fn)" t nil)
11164
11165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11166 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11167 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11168 for this Ibuffer session.
11169
11170 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11171
11172 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11173 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11174 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11175 for this Ibuffer session.
11176
11177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11178
11179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11180 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11181
11182 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11183 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11184
11185 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11186 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11187
11188 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11189
11190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11191 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11192
11193 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11194 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11195
11196 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11197
11198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11199 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11200
11201 \(fn)" t nil)
11202
11203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11204 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11205
11206 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11207
11208 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11209 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11210 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11211
11212 \(fn)" t nil)
11213
11214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11215 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11216
11217 The names are separated by a space.
11218 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11219
11220 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11221 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11222 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11223 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11224
11225 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11226
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11228
11229 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11230 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11231
11232 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11233
11234 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11235 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11236
11237 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11238
11239 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11240 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11241
11242 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11243
11244 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11245 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11246
11247 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11250 Mark all modified buffers.
11251
11252 \(fn)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11255 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11256
11257 \(fn)" t nil)
11258
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11261
11262 \(fn)" t nil)
11263
11264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11265 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11266
11267 \(fn)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11271
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11273
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11276
11277 \(fn)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Mark all read-only buffers.
11281
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11285 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11286
11287 \(fn)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11290 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11291 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11292 defaults to one.
11293
11294 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11295
11296 ;;;***
11297 \f
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11299 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111
11300 ;;;;;; 41826))
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11302
11303 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11304 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11305
11306 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11307 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11308 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11309
11310 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11311 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11312 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11313 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11314 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11315 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11316
11317 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11318 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11319 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11320 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11321 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11322
11323 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11324
11325 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11326 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11327 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11328 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11329 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11330
11331 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11332 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11333 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11334
11335 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11336
11337 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11338 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11339 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11340 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11341 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11342 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11343
11344 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11345 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11346 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11347 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11348 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11349 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11350 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11351 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11352 values are:
11353 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11354 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11355 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11356 buffer's modification flag.
11357 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11358 prompted before performing this operation.
11359 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11360 operation is complete, in the form:
11361 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11362 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11363 confirmation message, in the form:
11364 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11365 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11366 macro for exactly what it does.
11367
11368 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11369
11370 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11371 Define a filter named NAME.
11372 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11373 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11374 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11375
11376 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11377 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11378 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11379 bound to the current value of the filter.
11380
11381 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11382
11383 ;;;***
11384 \f
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11386 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16136 53054))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11388
11389 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11390 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11391 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11392 buffers which are visiting a file.
11393
11394 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11395
11396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11397 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11398 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11399 buffers which are visiting a file.
11400
11401 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11404 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11405 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11406
11407 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11408 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11409 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11410 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11411 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11412 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11413 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11414 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11415 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11416 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11417 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11418 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11419 locally in this buffer.
11420
11421 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11422
11423 ;;;***
11424 \f
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11426 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11428
11429 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11430 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11431 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11432
11433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11434
11435 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11436 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11437 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11438
11439 \(fn)" nil nil)
11440
11441 ;;;***
11442 \f
11443 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11445
11446 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11447 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11448 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11449 Tab indents for Icon code.
11450 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11452 \\{icon-mode-map}
11453 Variables controlling indentation style:
11454 icon-tab-always-indent
11455 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11456 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11457 icon-auto-newline
11458 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11459 inserted in Icon code.
11460 icon-indent-level
11461 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11462 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11463 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11464 icon-continued-statement-offset
11465 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11466 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11467 icon-continued-brace-offset
11468 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11469 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11470 icon-brace-offset
11471 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11472 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11473 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11474 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11475
11476 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11478
11479 \(fn)" t nil)
11480
11481 ;;;***
11482 \f
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11484 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11486
11487 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11488 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11489 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11490 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11491
11492 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11493 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11494 separate frames.
11495
11496 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11497 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11498
11499 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11500 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11501 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11502
11503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11504
11505 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11510 ;;;;;; (16162 11943))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11512
11513 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11514 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11515
11516 The main features of this mode are
11517
11518 1. Indentation and Formatting
11519 --------------------------
11520 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11521 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11522
11523 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11524 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11525 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11526 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11527
11528 Comments are indented as follows:
11529
11530 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11531 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11532 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11533
11534 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11535
11536 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11537 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11538 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11539 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11540 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11541 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11542 recommended).
11543
11544 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11545 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11546 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11547 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11548
11549 2. Routine Info
11550 ------------
11551 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11552 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11553 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11554 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11555 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11556 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11557 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11558 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11559
11560 3. Online IDL Help
11561 ---------------
11562 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11563 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11564 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11565 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11566 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11567
11568 4. Completion
11569 ----------
11570 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11571 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11572 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11573 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11574 mixed or upper case.
11575
11576 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11577 --------------------------------
11578 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11579 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11580
11581 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11582 \\fu FUNCTION template
11583 \\c CASE statement template
11584 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11585 \\f FOR loop template
11586 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11587 \\w WHILE loop template
11588 \\i IF statement template
11589 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11590 \\b BEGIN
11591
11592 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11593 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11594
11595 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11596 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11597 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11598
11599 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11600 -------------------------
11601 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11602 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11603
11604 7. Automatic END completion
11605 ------------------------
11606 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11607 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11608
11609 8. Hooks
11610 -----
11611 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11612 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11613
11614 9. Documentation and Customization
11615 -------------------------------
11616 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11617 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11618 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11619 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11620 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11621
11622 10.Keybindings
11623 -----------
11624 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11625 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11626 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11627
11628 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11629
11630 \(fn)" t nil)
11631
11632 ;;;***
11633 \f
11634 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11635 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11636 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11637 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11638 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11639 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11640 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11641 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 5129))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11643
11644 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11645 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11646 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11647 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11648 displaying...)
11649 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11650 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11651 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11652
11653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11654 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11655
11656 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11657
11658 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11659 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11660 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11661 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11662 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11663 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11664 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11665 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11666 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11667
11668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11669
11670 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11671 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11672 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11673 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11674 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11675 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11676 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11677
11678 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11679
11680 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11681 Switch to another buffer.
11682 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11683 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11684 in another frame.
11685
11686 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11687 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11688 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11689 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11690 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11691
11692 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11693 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11694
11695 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11696 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11697
11698 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11699 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11700 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11701 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11702 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11703 in a separate window.
11704 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11705 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11706 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11707 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11708 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11709 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11710 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11711 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11712 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11713
11714 \(fn)" t nil)
11715
11716 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11717 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11718 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11719 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11720
11721 \(fn)" t nil)
11722
11723 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11724 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11725 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11726 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11727
11728 \(fn)" t nil)
11729
11730 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11731 Kill a buffer.
11732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11734
11735 \(fn)" t nil)
11736
11737 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11738 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11740 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11741
11742 \(fn)" t nil)
11743
11744 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11745 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11746 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11747 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11748
11749 \(fn)" t nil)
11750
11751 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11752 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11753
11754 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11757 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11758 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11759 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11760 visible in another frame.
11761
11762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11763 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11764 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11765 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11766 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11767 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11768
11769 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11770 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11771
11772 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
11773 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11774
11775 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11776 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11777 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11778 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11779 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11780 in a separate window.
11781 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
11782 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11783 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
11784 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
11785 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
11786 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11787 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
11788 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11789 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11790 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11791 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
11792 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
11793 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
11794 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
11795 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
11796
11797 \(fn)" t nil)
11798
11799 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11800 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11802 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11803
11804 \(fn)" t nil)
11805
11806 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
11807 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11808 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11809 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11810
11811 \(fn)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
11814 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
11815 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11816 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11817
11818 \(fn)" t nil)
11819
11820 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
11821 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
11822 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11823 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
11828 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
11829 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11830 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11831
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11833
11834 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
11835 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
11836 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11837 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11838
11839 \(fn)" t nil)
11840
11841 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
11842 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
11843 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11844 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11845
11846 \(fn)" t nil)
11847
11848 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
11849 Write current buffer to a file.
11850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11851 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11852
11853 \(fn)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
11856 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
11857 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11858 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11859
11860 \(fn)" t nil)
11861
11862 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
11863 Call dired the ido way.
11864 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11865 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11866
11867 \(fn)" t nil)
11868
11869 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
11870 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11871 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11872
11873 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
11874
11875 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
11876 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11877 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11878
11879 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11880
11881 ;;;***
11882 \f
11883 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
11885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
11886
11887 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
11888 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
11889 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
11890
11891 \(fn)" t nil)
11892
11893 ;;;***
11894 \f
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
11896 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
11897 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
11899
11900 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
11901 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
11902 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
11903 be determined.
11904
11905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11906
11907 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
11908 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
11909 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
11910 be determined.
11911
11912 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11913
11914 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
11915 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
11916 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
11917
11918 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
11919
11920 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
11921 Create an image.
11922 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
11923 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
11924 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
11925 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
11926 use its file extension as image type.
11927 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
11928 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
11929 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
11930 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
11931
11932 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
11935 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
11936 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
11937 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
11938 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
11939 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
11940 POS may be an integer or marker.
11941 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11942 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11943 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11944 means display it in the right marginal area.
11945
11946 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11947
11948 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
11949 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
11950 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
11951 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
11952 defaulted if you omit it.
11953 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11954 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11955 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11956 means display it in the right marginal area.
11957
11958 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11959
11960 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
11961 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
11962 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
11963 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
11964
11965 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11966
11967 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
11968 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
11969
11970 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
11971
11972 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11973 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11974 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11975 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11976 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11977 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
11978 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
11979 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
11980 satisfied.
11981
11982 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
11983
11984 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
11985
11986 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
11987 Define SYMBOL as an image.
11988
11989 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
11990 documentation string.
11991
11992 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11993 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11994 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11995 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11996 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11997 string containing the actual image data. The first image
11998 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
11999 define SYMBOL.
12000
12001 Example:
12002
12003 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12004 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12005
12006 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12007
12008 ;;;***
12009 \f
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12011 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12012 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12014
12015 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12016 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12017 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12018 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12019
12020 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12021 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12022 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12023 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12024
12025 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12026
12027 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12028 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12029 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12030 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12031
12032 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12033 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12034 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12035 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12036
12037 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12038
12039 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12040 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12041
12042 \(fn)" nil nil)
12043
12044 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12045 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12046 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12047 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12048
12049 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12050
12051 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12052 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12053 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12055 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12056
12057 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12058
12059 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12060 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12061 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12062 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12063
12064 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12065 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12066 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12067
12068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12073 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16072 11522))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12075
12076 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12077 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12078
12079 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12080
12081 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12082 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12083 in the buffer.
12084
12085 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12086
12087 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12088 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12089 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12090
12091 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12092
12093 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12094 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12095
12096 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12097 to create a buffer index.
12098
12099 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12100 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12101 or like this:
12102 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12103 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12104 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12105 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12106 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12107
12108 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12109 entries are not nested.
12110
12111 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12112 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12113 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12114 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12115
12116 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12117 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12118
12119 The variable is buffer-local.
12120
12121 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12122 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12123 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12124
12125 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12126 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12127 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12128 during matching.")
12129
12130 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12131
12132 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12133 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12134
12135 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12136 of the current buffer as an alist.
12137
12138 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12139 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12140 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12141 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12142 if it is a sub-alist.
12143
12144 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12145
12146 The variable is buffer-local.")
12147
12148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12149
12150 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12151 Function for finding the next index position.
12152
12153 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12154 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12155 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12156 file.
12157
12158 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12159 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12160
12161 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12162
12163 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12164
12165 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12166 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12167
12168 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12169 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12170 It should return the name for that index item.
12171
12172 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12173
12174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12175
12176 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12177 Function to compare string with index item.
12178
12179 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12180 non-nil if they match.
12181
12182 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12183 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12184 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12185 arguments match\".
12186
12187 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12188
12189 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12190
12191 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12192 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12193 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12194
12195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12196
12197 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12198
12199 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12200
12201 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12202 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12203 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12204 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12205
12206 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12207
12208 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12209 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12210
12211 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12212
12213 \(fn)" t nil)
12214
12215 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12216 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12217 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12218 for more information.
12219
12220 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12225 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12226 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16183 40136))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12228
12229 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12230 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12231
12232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12233
12234 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12235 Not documented
12236
12237 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12238
12239 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12240 Not documented
12241
12242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12243
12244 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12245 Not documented
12246
12247 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12248
12249 (autoload (quote indian-2-column-to-ucs-region) "ind-util" "\
12250 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
12251
12252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12253
12254 ;;;***
12255 \f
12256 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12257 ;;;;;; (15678 51473))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12259
12260 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12261 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12262 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12263 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12264 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12265
12266 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12267 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12268
12269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12277
12278 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12279 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12280 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12281 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12282 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12283
12284 This variable is only used if the variable
12285 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12286
12287 More precise choices:
12288 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12289 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12290 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12291
12292 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12293
12294 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12295 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12296
12297 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12298 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12299 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12300 to that buffer.
12301 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12302 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12303 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12305
12306 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12308
12309 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12310
12311 ;;;***
12312 \f
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12314 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12315 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12316 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12318
12319 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12320 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12321
12322 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12323 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12324
12325 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12326 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12327 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12328 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12329 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12330 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12331
12332 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12333 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12334
12335 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12336 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12337 in all the directories in that path.
12338
12339 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12340
12341 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12342 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12343
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12345
12346 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12347 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12348 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12349 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12350
12351 \(fn)" nil nil)
12352
12353 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12354 Go to the Info directory node.
12355
12356 \(fn)" t nil)
12357
12358 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12359 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12360 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12361 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12362 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12363 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12364 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12365 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12366 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12367
12368 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12369
12370 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12371 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12372 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12373 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12374 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12375 or string.
12376
12377 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12378
12379 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12380 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12381 KEY is a string.
12382 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12383 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12384 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12385 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12386
12387 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12388
12389 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12390 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12391 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12392
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12394
12395 ;;;***
12396 \f
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12398 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12399 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12401
12402 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12403 Throw away all cached data.
12404 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12405 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12406 system.
12407
12408 \(fn)" t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12411 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12412 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12413 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12414 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12415 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12416
12417 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12418
12419 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12422 Display the documentation of a file.
12423 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12424 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12425 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12426 The default file name is the one found at point.
12427
12428 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12429
12430 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12431
12432 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12433 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12434
12435 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12436
12437 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12438 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12439
12440 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12441
12442 ;;;***
12443 \f
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12445 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15952 18239))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12447
12448 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12449 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12450
12451 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12454 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12455 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12456
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12458
12459 ;;;***
12460 \f
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12462 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12464
12465 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12466 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12467
12468 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12469
12470 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12471 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12472 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12473
12474 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12475 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12476 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12477
12478 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12479 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12480 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12481 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12482
12483 \(fn)" t nil)
12484
12485 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12486 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12487 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12488
12489 \(fn)" t nil)
12490
12491 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12492 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12493 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12494 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12495 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12496
12497 \(fn)" nil nil)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12502 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12503 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12505
12506 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12507 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12508
12509 \(fn)" t nil)
12510
12511 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12512 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12513
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12515
12516 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12517 Not documented
12518
12519 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12524 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12526
12527 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12528 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12529 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12530 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12531 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12532 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12533
12534 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12535 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12536
12537 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12538 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12539 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12540 \"s gives German sharp s.
12541 /a gives a with ring.
12542 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12543 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12544 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12545 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12546
12547 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12548 and a negative argument disables it.
12549
12550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12555 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12556 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12557 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12559
12560 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12561 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12562 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12563 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12564
12565 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12566
12567 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12568 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12569 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12570 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12571
12572 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12573
12574 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12575 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12576 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12578
12579 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12580
12581 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12582 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12583 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12584 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12585
12586 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12587
12588 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12589 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12590 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12591 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12592
12593 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12594
12595 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12596 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12597 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12598 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12599
12600 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12601
12602 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12603 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12604 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12605 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12606
12607 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12608
12609 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12610 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12611 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12612 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12613
12614 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12615
12616 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12617 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12618 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12619 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12620
12621 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12622
12623 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12624 Warn that format is read-only.
12625
12626 \(fn)" t nil)
12627
12628 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12629 Warn that format is write-only.
12630
12631 \(fn)" t nil)
12632
12633 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12634 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12635
12636 \(fn)" t nil)
12637
12638 ;;;***
12639 \f
12640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12641 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12643 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12644 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12645 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12646
12647 ;;;***
12648 \f
12649 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12650 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12651 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12652 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12653 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12654 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16174 61085))
12655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12656
12657 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12658 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12659 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12660 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12661
12662 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12663
12664 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12665 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12666
12667 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12668
12669 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12670 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12671 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12672 and then re-start emacs.")
12673
12674 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12675
12676 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12677
12678 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12679
12680 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12681
12682 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12683
12684 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12685
12686 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12687
12688 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12689 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12690
12691 Each element of this list is also a list:
12692
12693 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12694 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12695
12696 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12697 nil means the default dictionary.
12698
12699 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12700 word.
12701
12702 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12703
12704 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12705 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12706 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12707 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12708 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12709 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12710 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12711 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12712 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12713
12714 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12715 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12716 single word.
12717
12718 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12719 subprocess.
12720
12721 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12722 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12723 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12724 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12725 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12726 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12727 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12728 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12729
12730 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12731
12732 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12733 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12734 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12735
12736 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12737
12738 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12739 Key map for ispell menu.")
12740
12741 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12742 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12743 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12744 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12745
12746 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
12747
12748 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
12749
12750 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12751
12752 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12753
12754 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12755
12756 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12757 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12758 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12759 Valid forms include:
12760 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12761 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12762 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12763 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12764
12765 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12766 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12767 First list is used raw.
12768 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
12769
12770 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12771 for skipping in latex mode.")
12772
12773 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
12774 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
12775 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
12776 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
12777 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
12778 >]\").")
12779 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
12780
12781 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12782 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12783 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12784 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12785
12786 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12787 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12788 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12789 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12790 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12791
12792 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12793 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12794
12795 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12796
12797 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
12798 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
12799
12800 return values:
12801 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
12802 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12803 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
12804 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
12805 quit spell session exited.
12806
12807 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12808
12809 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12810 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12811 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12812
12813 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12814
12815 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12816 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12817
12818 Selections are:
12819
12820 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12821 SPC: Accept word this time.
12822 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12823 `a': Accept word for this session.
12824 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12825 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12826 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12827 `?': Show these commands.
12828 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12829 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12830 the aborted check to be completed later.
12831 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12832 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12833 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
12834 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
12835 `C-l': redraws screen
12836 `C-r': recursive edit
12837 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
12838
12839 \(fn)" nil nil)
12840
12841 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
12842 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
12843 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
12844
12845 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
12846
12847 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
12848 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
12849 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
12850
12851 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
12852
12853 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
12854
12855 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
12858 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
12859 Return nil if spell session is quit,
12860 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
12861
12862 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
12865 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
12866
12867 \(fn)" t nil)
12868
12869 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
12870 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
12871
12872 \(fn)" t nil)
12873
12874 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
12875 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
12876
12877 \(fn)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
12880 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
12881 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
12882 sequence inside of a word.
12883
12884 Standard ispell choices are then available.
12885
12886 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
12887
12888 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
12889 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
12890
12891 \(fn)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
12894 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
12895 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
12896 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
12897
12898 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
12899 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
12900 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
12901 available on the net.
12902
12903 \(fn)" t nil)
12904
12905 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
12906 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
12907 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
12908
12909 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
12910 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
12911
12912 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
12913 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
12914
12915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12916
12917 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
12918 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
12919 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
12920 Don't check included messages.
12921
12922 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
12923 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
12924 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
12925
12926 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
12927 in your .emacs file:
12928 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
12929 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
12930 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
12931 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
12932
12933 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
12934 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
12935 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
12936
12937 \(fn)" t nil)
12938
12939 ;;;***
12940 \f
12941 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
12942 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
12943 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788))
12944 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
12945
12946 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12947 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
12948 Return the name of a buffer selected.
12949 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
12950 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
12951 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
12952
12953 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
12956 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
12957 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
12958 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
12959
12960 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
12961
12962 \(fn)" t nil)
12963
12964 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12965 Switch to another buffer.
12966
12967 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
12968 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
12969 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12970 in another frame.
12971 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12972
12973 \(fn)" t nil)
12974
12975 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
12976 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12977 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12978 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12979
12980 \(fn)" t nil)
12981
12982 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12983 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12984 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12985 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12986
12987 \(fn)" t nil)
12988
12989 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
12990 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12991 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12992 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12993
12994 \(fn)" t nil)
12995
12996 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
12997 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
12998 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13000 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13001
13002 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13003
13004 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13005 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13006 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13007 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13008 `iswitchb' for details.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13011
13012 ;;;***
13013 \f
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13015 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13016 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13017 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16118 44435))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13019
13020 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13021 Not documented
13022
13023 \(fn)" nil nil)
13024
13025 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13026 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13027 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13028 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13029 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13030 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13031 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13032 necessary to represent OBJ.
13033
13034 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13035
13036 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13037 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13038 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13039 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13040
13041 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13042
13043 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13044 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13045 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13046 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13047 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13048
13049 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13050
13051 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13052 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13053 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13054 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13055
13056 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13057
13058 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13059 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13060 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13061 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13062
13063 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13064
13065 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13066 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13067
13068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13069
13070 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13071 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13072 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13073 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13074 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13075
13076 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13077
13078 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13079 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13080 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13081 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13082 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13083
13084 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13085
13086 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13087 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13088 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13089
13090 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13091
13092 ;;;***
13093 \f
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941
13095 ;;;;;; 42953))
13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13097
13098 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13099 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13100 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13101 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13102 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13103
13104 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13105
13106 ;;;***
13107 \f
13108 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13109 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13111
13112 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13113 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13114 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13116 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13117
13118 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13119
13120 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13121 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13122 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13123 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13124
13125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13126
13127 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13128 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13129
13130 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13131
13132 ;;;***
13133 \f
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13135 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13136 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13138
13139 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13140 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13141 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13142 decimal key must be specified.")
13143
13144 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13145
13146 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13147 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13148 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13149 decimal key must be specified.")
13150
13151 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13152
13153 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13154 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13155 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13156 decimal key must be specified.")
13157
13158 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13159
13160 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13161 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13162 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13163 decimal key must be specified.")
13164
13165 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13166
13167 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13168 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13169 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13170 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13171 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13172 keys are bound.
13173
13174 Setup Binding
13175 -------------------------------------------------------------
13176 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13177 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13178 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13179 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13180 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13181 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13182 in the global and local keymaps.
13183
13184 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13185 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13186
13187 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13188
13189 ;;;***
13190 \f
13191 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13192 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13193 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13194
13195 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13196 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13197 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13198
13199 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13200 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13201 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13202 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13203 shorter.
13204
13205 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13206 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13207 the context of text formatting.
13208
13209 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13210
13211 ;;;***
13212 \f
13213 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16153
13214 ;;;;;; 36586))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13216
13217 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13218 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13219 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13220 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13221 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13222 positions that contains the current selection.")
13223
13224 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13225 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13226 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13227 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13228 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13229 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13230 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13231
13232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13233
13234 ;;;***
13235 \f
13236 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13237 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13238 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13239 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16016 56429))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13241 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13242 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13243 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13244 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13245 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13246 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13247 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13248
13249 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13250 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13251 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13252 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13253 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13254 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13255 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13256
13257 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13258 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13259 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13260
13261 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13262 defining the macro.
13263
13264 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13265 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13266 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13267
13268 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13269
13270 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13271 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13272 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13273 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13274 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13275 under that name.
13276
13277 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13278 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13279 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13280
13281 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13284 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13285 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13286
13287 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13288 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13289 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13290 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13291
13292 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13293 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13294
13295 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13296
13297 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13298 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13299 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13300
13301 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13302 macro.
13303
13304 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13305 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13306
13307 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13308 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13309 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13310
13311 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13312 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13313
13314 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13315
13316 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13317 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13318 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13319 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13320
13321 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13322
13323 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13324 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13325 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13326 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13327
13328 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13329 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13330
13331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13334 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13335 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13336
13337 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13338
13339 ;;;***
13340 \f
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13342 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16118 44435))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13344
13345 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13346 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13347 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13348
13349 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13350 Not documented
13351
13352 \(fn)" nil nil)
13353
13354 ;;;***
13355 \f
13356 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13357 ;;;;;; (15924 18775))
13358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13359
13360 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13361
13362 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13363 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13364
13365 \(fn)" t nil)
13366
13367 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13368
13369 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13370 Start or resume an Lm game.
13371 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13372 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13373
13374 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13375 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13376 none / 1 | yes | no
13377 2 | yes | yes
13378 3 | no | yes
13379 4 | no | no
13380
13381 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13382 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13383 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13384
13385 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13386
13387 ;;;***
13388 \f
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
13390 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
13391 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16183 37779))
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13393
13394 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13395 Not documented
13396
13397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13398
13399 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13400 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13401 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13402 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13403 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13404 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13405
13406 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13407 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13408
13409 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13410
13411 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13412 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13413
13414 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13415
13416 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13417 Not documented
13418
13419 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13420
13421 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13422 Not documented
13423
13424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13425
13426 ;;;***
13427 \f
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13429 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13431
13432 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13433 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13434 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13435 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13436 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13437 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13438 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13439 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13440
13441 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13442 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13443
13444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13445 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13446
13447 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13448
13449 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13450 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13451 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13452 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13453 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13454 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13455 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13456 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13457
13458 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13459
13460 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13461 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13462 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13463 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13464
13465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13466 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13467
13468 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13469
13470 ;;;***
13471 \f
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13473 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13475
13476 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13477 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13478 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13479 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13480
13481 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13482
13483 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13484 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13485 JIT Lock's favor.
13486
13487 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13488
13489 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13490 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13491 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13492 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13493 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13494 for large buffers.
13495
13496 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13497 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13498 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13499 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13500 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13501
13502 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13503 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13504 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13505 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13506 slow to keep up with your typing.
13507
13508 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13509 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13510 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13511 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13512 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13513 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13514
13515 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13516 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13517 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13518 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13519
13520 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13521 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13522 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13523 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13524
13525 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13526 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13527 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13528 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13529 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13530
13531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13532
13533 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13534 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13535
13536 \(fn)" nil nil)
13537
13538 ;;;***
13539 \f
13540 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13541 ;;;;;; (15186 43677))
13542 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13543
13544 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13545 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13546
13547 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13548 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13549
13550 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13551 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13552
13553 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13554 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13555 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13556 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13557 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13558 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13559 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13560 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13561 and transmit saved text.
13562 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13563 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13564 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13565
13566 \(fn)" t nil)
13567
13568 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13569 Not documented
13570
13571 \(fn)" nil nil)
13572
13573 ;;;***
13574 \f
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13577
13578 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13579 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13580 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13581 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13582 generations (this defaults to 1).
13583
13584 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13585
13586 ;;;***
13587 \f
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781
13589 ;;;;;; 48896))
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13591
13592 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13593 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13594 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13595 is nil, raise an error.
13596
13597 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13598
13599 ;;;***
13600 \f
13601 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13602 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13604
13605 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13606 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13607 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13608
13609 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13610
13611 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13612 Run the locate command with a filter.
13613
13614 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13615 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13616
13617 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13618
13619 ;;;***
13620 \f
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826))
13622 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13623
13624 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13625 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13626 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13627 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13628 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13629 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13630 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13631 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13632 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13633 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13634 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13635 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13636 uses the current buffer.
13637
13638 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13639
13640 ;;;***
13641 \f
13642 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070
13643 ;;;;;; 35806))
13644 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13645
13646 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13647 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13648
13649 \(fn)" t nil)
13650
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13654 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16174
13655 ;;;;;; 61085))
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13657
13658 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13659
13660 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13661
13662 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13663 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13664 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13665
13666 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13667 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13668
13669 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13670 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13671 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13672 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13673 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13674 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13675 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13676
13677 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13678
13679 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13680 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13681 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13682 switch on this list.
13683 See `lpr-command'.")
13684
13685 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13686
13687 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13688 *Name of program for printing a file.
13689
13690 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13691 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13692 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13693 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13694 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13695 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13696 argument.")
13697
13698 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13699
13700 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13701 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13702 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13703 for customization of the printer command.
13704
13705 \(fn)" t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13708 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13709
13710 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13711 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13712 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13713 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13714
13715 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13716 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13717
13718 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13719 for further customization of the printer command.
13720
13721 \(fn)" t nil)
13722
13723 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13724 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13725 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13726 for customization of the printer command.
13727
13728 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13729
13730 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13731 Paginate and print the region contents.
13732
13733 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13734 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13735 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13736 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13737
13738 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13739 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13740
13741 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13742 for further customization of the printer command.
13743
13744 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13745
13746 ;;;***
13747 \f
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
13749 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
13751
13752 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
13753 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
13754 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
13755
13756 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
13757
13758 ;;;***
13759 \f
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16174
13761 ;;;;;; 61085))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13763
13764 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13765 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13766 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13767
13768 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13769
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13771
13772 ;;;***
13773 \f
13774 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941
13775 ;;;;;; 42965))
13776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13777
13778 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13779 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13780 \\{m4-mode-map}
13781
13782 \(fn)" t nil)
13783
13784 ;;;***
13785 \f
13786 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13787 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16162 11942))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13789
13790 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13791 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13792 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13793 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13794 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
13795
13796 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13797
13798 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13799 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13800 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13801 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13802
13803 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13804 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13805 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13806 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13807 bindings.
13808
13809 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13810 use this command, and then save the file.
13811
13812 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13813
13814 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13815 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13816 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13817 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13818 each time the macro executes.
13819 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13820 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
13821 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
13822 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
13823 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
13824 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
13825 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
13826
13827 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
13828
13829 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
13830 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
13831 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
13832
13833 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
13834 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
13835 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
13836 execute.
13837
13838 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
13839 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
13840
13841 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
13842 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
13843 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
13844 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
13845 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
13846
13847 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
13848 looked like this:
13849
13850 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
13851 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
13852 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
13853
13854 You could enter the names in this format:
13855
13856 foo
13857 bar
13858 baz
13859
13860 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
13861
13862 \\C-x (
13863 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
13864 \\C-x )
13865
13866 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
13867 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
13868
13869 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
13870 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
13871
13872 ;;;***
13873 \f
13874 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
13875 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
13877
13878 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
13879 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
13880 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
13881 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
13882 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
13883
13884 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
13885 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
13886 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
13887 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
13888 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
13889
13890 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
13891 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
13892 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
13893 consing a string.)
13894
13895 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
13896
13897 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
13898 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
13899
13900 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
13901
13902 ;;;***
13903 \f
13904 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
13905 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
13908
13909 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
13910 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
13911
13912 \(fn)" nil nil)
13913
13914 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
13915 Not documented
13916
13917 \(fn)" nil nil)
13918
13919 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
13920 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
13921
13922 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
13923
13924 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
13925 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
13926 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
13927 message.
13928
13929 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
13930
13931 \(fn)" nil nil)
13932
13933 ;;;***
13934 \f
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
13936 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
13937 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941
13938 ;;;;;; 42961))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
13940
13941 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
13942 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
13943 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
13944 often correct parser.")
13945
13946 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
13947
13948 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
13949 Not documented
13950
13951 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13952
13953 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13954 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
13955 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13956 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13957
13958 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13959
13960 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13961 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
13962 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13963 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13964
13965 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13966
13967 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
13968 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
13969 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13970 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13971
13972 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
13975 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
13976 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
13977 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
13978 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
13979 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
13980
13981 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
13982
13983 ;;;***
13984 \f
13985 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
13986 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773))
13987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
13988
13989 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
13990 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
13991
13992 \(fn)" nil nil)
13993
13994 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
13995 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
13996 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
13997
13998 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
13999
14000 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14001 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14002 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14003
14004 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14005
14006 ;;;***
14007 \f
14008 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14009 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16066
14010 ;;;;;; 53440))
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14012
14013 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14014 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14015 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14016 king@grassland.com
14017 If `parens', they look like:
14018 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14019 If `angles', they look like:
14020 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14021
14022 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14023
14024 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14025 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14026 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14027 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14028 their `Resent-' variants.
14029
14030 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14031 removed from alias expansions.
14032
14033 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14036 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14037 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14038
14039 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14040 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14041 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14042 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14043
14044 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14047 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14048 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14049 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14050
14051 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14052
14053 ;;;***
14054 \f
14055 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14056 ;;;;;; (15997 672))
14057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14058
14059 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14060 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14061 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14062
14063 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14064
14065 In the browser, use the following keys:
14066
14067 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14068
14069 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14070
14071 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14072 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14073
14074 `makefile-target-colon':
14075 The string that gets appended to all target names
14076 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14077 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14078
14079 `makefile-macro-assign':
14080 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14081 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14082 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14083 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14084 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14085 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14086
14087 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14088 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14089 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14090
14091 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14092 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14093
14094 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14095 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14096 up or down in the browser.
14097
14098 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14099 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14100
14101 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14102 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14103
14104 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14105 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14106 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14107 has been selected in the browser.
14108
14109 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14110 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14111 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14112 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14113 filenames are omitted.
14114
14115 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14116 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14117 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14118 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14119 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14120 the backslash itself intact.
14121 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14122 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14123
14124 `makefile-browser-hook':
14125 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14126 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14127
14128 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14129 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14130 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14131 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14132
14133 \(fn)" t nil)
14134
14135 ;;;***
14136 \f
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14138 ;;;;;; 28917))
14139 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14140
14141 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14142 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14143 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14144
14145 \(fn)" t nil)
14146
14147 ;;;***
14148 \f
14149 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14151
14152 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14153
14154 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14155 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14156 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14157 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14158 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14159 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14160 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14161
14162 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14163 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14164 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14165 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14166
14167 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14168
14169 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14170 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14171
14172 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14173
14174 ;;;***
14175 \f
14176 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956))
14177 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14178
14179 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14180 Toggle Master mode.
14181 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14182 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14183 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14184
14185 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14186 following commands:
14187
14188 \\{master-mode-map}
14189
14190 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14191 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14192 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14193
14194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14195
14196 ;;;***
14197 \f
14198 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16162
14199 ;;;;;; 11942))
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14201
14202 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14203
14204 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14205 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14206 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14208 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14209
14210 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14211
14212 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14213 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14214 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14215 created in the future.
14216 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14217 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14218
14219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14220
14221 ;;;***
14222 \f
14223 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14224 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14225 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14226 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14227 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14228 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14229 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14230 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14231 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14232 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14234
14235 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14236 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14237
14238 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14239 king@grassland.com
14240 If `parens', they look like:
14241 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14242 If `angles', they look like:
14243 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14244
14245 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14246 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14247
14248 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14249
14250 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14251 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14252
14253 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14254
14255 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14256 *Local news organization file.")
14257
14258 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14259
14260 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14261 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14262 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14263 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14264
14265 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14266 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14267 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14268
14269 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14270
14271 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14272
14273 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14274 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14275
14276 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14277
14278 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14279 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14280
14281 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14282
14283 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14284 *Function for citing an original message.
14285 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14286 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14287 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14288
14289 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14290
14291 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14292 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14293 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14294 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14295 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14296
14297 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14298
14299 (defvar message-signature t "\
14300 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14301 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14302 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14303 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14304
14305 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14306
14307 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14308 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14309 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14310 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14311
14312 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14313
14314 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14315
14316 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14317 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14318 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14319 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14320 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14321 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14322 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14323 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14324 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14325 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14326 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14327 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14328 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14329 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14330 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14331 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14332 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14333 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14334 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14335 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14336 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14337 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14338 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14339 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14340 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14341
14342 \(fn)" t nil)
14343
14344 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14345 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14346 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14347
14348 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14349
14350 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14351 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14352
14353 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14354
14355 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14356 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14357
14358 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14359
14360 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14361 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14362
14363 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14364
14365 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14366 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14367 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14368
14369 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14370
14371 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14372 Cancel an article you posted.
14373 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14374
14375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14376
14377 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14378 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14379 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14380 header line with the old Message-ID.
14381
14382 \(fn)" t nil)
14383
14384 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14385 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14386
14387 \(fn)" t nil)
14388
14389 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14390 Forward the current message via mail.
14391 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14392 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14393
14394 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14395
14396 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14397 Not documented
14398
14399 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14400
14401 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14402 Not documented
14403
14404 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14405
14406 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14407 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14408
14409 \(fn)" t nil)
14410
14411 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14412 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14413
14414 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14417 Re-mail the current message.
14418 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14419 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14420 you.
14421
14422 \(fn)" t nil)
14423
14424 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14425 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14426
14427 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14428
14429 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14430 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14431
14432 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14433
14434 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14435 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14436
14437 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14438
14439 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14440 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14441
14442 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14443
14444 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14445 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14446 Works by overstriking characters.
14447 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14448 which specify the range to operate on.
14449
14450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14451
14452 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14453 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14454 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14455 which specify the range to operate on.
14456
14457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14458
14459 ;;;***
14460 \f
14461 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14462 ;;;;;; (15961 24155))
14463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14464
14465 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14466 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14467 Special commands:
14468 \\{meta-mode-map}
14469
14470 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14471 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14472
14473 \(fn)" t nil)
14474
14475 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14476 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14477 Special commands:
14478 \\{meta-mode-map}
14479
14480 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14481 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14482
14483 \(fn)" t nil)
14484
14485 ;;;***
14486 \f
14487 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14488 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14489 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14491
14492 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14493 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14494 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14495
14496 \(fn)" t nil)
14497
14498 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14499 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14500 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14501 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14502 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14503 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14504 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14505
14506 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14507
14508 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14509 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14510 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14511 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14512 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14513 means current).
14514 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14515 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14516
14517 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14518
14519 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14520 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14521 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14522 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14523 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14524 means current).
14525 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14526 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14527
14528 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14529
14530 ;;;***
14531 \f
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14533 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054
14534 ;;;;;; 60750))
14535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14536
14537 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14538 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14539 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14540 to the MH mail system.
14541
14542 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14543
14544 \(fn)" t nil)
14545
14546 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14547 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14548 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14549 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14550 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14551 that want to create a mail buffer.
14552 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14553 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14554 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14555
14556 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14557
14558 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14559 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14560 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14561
14562 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14563 initial Subject field, respectively.
14564
14565 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14566 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14567 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14568
14569 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14570
14571 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14572
14573 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14574 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14575 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14576 to the MH mail system.
14577
14578 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14579
14580 \(fn)" t nil)
14581
14582 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14583 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14584
14585 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14586 using the MH mail handling system.
14587
14588 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14589 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14590 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14591 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14592 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14593 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14594 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14595
14596 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14597 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14598
14599 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14600 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14601
14602 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14603
14604 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14606
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14612
14613 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14614 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14615 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14616 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14617
14618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14619
14620 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14621 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14622 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14623 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14624
14625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14626
14627 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14628 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14629
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14631
14632 ;;;***
14633 \f
14634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750))
14635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14636
14637 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14638
14639 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14640
14641 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14642
14643 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14644
14645 ;;;***
14646 \f
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14648 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 43679))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14650
14651 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14652 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14653 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14654 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14655 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14656 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14657 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14658 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14659 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14660 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14661 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14662
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14664
14665 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14666 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14667 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14668 to its second argument TM.
14669
14670 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14671
14672 ;;;***
14673 \f
14674 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14675 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14677
14678 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14679 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14680 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14682 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14683
14684 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14685
14686 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14687 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14688 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14689 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14690 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14691 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14692 default indication.
14693
14694 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14695 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14696
14697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14698
14699 ;;;***
14700 \f
14701 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14702 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14704
14705 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14706 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14707 \\{mixal-mode-map}
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14712
14713 ;;;***
14714 \f
14715 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14716 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (16194 57623))
14717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
14718
14719 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
14720 Not documented
14721
14722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
14725 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
14726 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
14727 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
14728
14729 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
14730
14731 ;;;***
14732 \f
14733 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14734 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14736
14737 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14738 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14739 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14740 the entire message.
14741 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14742
14743 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14744
14745 ;;;***
14746 \f
14747 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14748 ;;;;;; (15961 24153))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14750
14751 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14752 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14753
14754 \(fn)" nil nil)
14755
14756 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14757 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14758
14759 \(fn)" nil nil)
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14764 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14766
14767 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14768 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14769 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14770 followed by the first character of the construct.
14771 \\<m2-mode-map>
14772 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14773 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
14774 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
14775 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
14776 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
14777 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
14778 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
14779 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
14780 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
14781 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
14782 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
14783 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
14784 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
14785 \\[m2-link] link
14786
14787 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14788 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14789 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14790
14791 \(fn)" t nil)
14792
14793 ;;;***
14794 \f
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14796 ;;;;;; (15856 53275))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14798
14799 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14800 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14801
14802 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14805 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14806
14807 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14808
14809 ;;;***
14810 \f
14811 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16162
14812 ;;;;;; 11942))
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14814
14815 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14816 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14817 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14819 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
14820
14821 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
14822
14823 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14824 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14825 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14826 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14827
14828 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14829
14830 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14831
14832 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14833
14834 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14835 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14836 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14837 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14838 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14839 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14840
14841 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14842 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14843 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14844 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14845 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14846
14847 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14848 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14849
14850 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14851 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14852
14853 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14854
14855 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14856 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14857 primary selection and region.
14858
14859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14860
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16066 53440))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14865
14866 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14867 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14868
14869 \(fn)" t nil)
14870
14871 ;;;***
14872 \f
14873 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14875
14876 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14877 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14878 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14880 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
14881
14882 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
14883
14884 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14885 Toggle Msb mode.
14886 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14887 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14888 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
14889
14890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14891
14892 ;;;***
14893 \f
14894 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
14895 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
14896 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
14897 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
14898 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
14899 ;;;;;; (16194 5746))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
14901
14902 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
14903 Display a list of all character sets.
14904
14905 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
14906 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
14907 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
14908 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
14909
14910 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14911 but still shows the full information.
14912
14913 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14914
14915 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
14916 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14917 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
14918
14919 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
14920 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
14921 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
14922 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
14923 detailed meanings of these arguments.
14924
14925 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14926
14927 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
14928 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
14929
14930 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14931
14932 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
14933 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
14934
14935 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14936
14937 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14938 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
14939
14940 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
14941
14942 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
14943 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
14944
14945 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
14946 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
14947 in place of `..':
14948 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14949 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14950 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
14951 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
14952 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
14953 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
14954 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14955 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14956 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14957 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14958 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14959 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14960 `default-process-coding-system' for read
14961 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
14962 `default-process-coding-system' for write
14963 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
14964
14965 \(fn)" t nil)
14966
14967 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14968 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
14969
14970 \(fn)" t nil)
14971
14972 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
14973 Display a list of all coding systems.
14974 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
14975
14976 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14977 but still contains full information about each coding system.
14978
14979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14980
14981 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
14982 Display a list of all coding categories.
14983
14984 \(fn)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
14987 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
14988
14989 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
14992 Display information about FONTSET.
14993 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
14994
14995 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
14996
14997 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
14998 Display a list of all fontsets.
14999 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15000 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15001 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15002
15003 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15004
15005 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15006 Display information about all input methods.
15007
15008 \(fn)" t nil)
15009
15010 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15011 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15012
15013 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15014 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15015 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15016 system which uses fontsets).
15017
15018 \(fn)" t nil)
15019
15020 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
15021 Location of UnicodeData file.
15022 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
15023 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
15024 looked up from it.")
15025
15026 (custom-autoload (quote unicodedata-file) "mule-diag")
15027
15028 (autoload (quote unicode-data) "mule-diag" "\
15029 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
15030 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
15031 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
15032
15033 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15034
15035 ;;;***
15036 \f
15037 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15038 ;;;;;; with-coding-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15039 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15040 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15041 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15042 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16182 61069))
15043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15044
15045 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15046 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15047 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15048
15049 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15050
15051 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15052
15053 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15054 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15055
15056 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15057 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15058
15059 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15060 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15061
15062 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15063
15064 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15065 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15066 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15067 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15068 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15069 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15070 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15071
15072 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15073 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15074 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15075 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15076 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15077 middle of a character in STR.
15078
15079 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15080 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15081
15082 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15083 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15084 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15085 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15086 defaults to \"...\".
15087
15088 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15089
15090 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15091
15092 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15093
15094 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15095 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15096
15097 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15098 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15099 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15100
15101 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15102 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15103 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15104
15105 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15106 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15107 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15108 is considered.
15109 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15110 longer than KEYSEQ.
15111 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15112
15113 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15114
15115 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15116 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15117 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15118 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15119 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15120 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15121 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15122 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15123 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15124 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15125 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15126
15127 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15128
15129 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15130 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15131
15132 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15135 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15136
15137 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15138
15139 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15140 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
15141
15142 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15143
15144 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15145 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
15146
15147 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15148
15149 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15150 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15151 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15152 or one is an alias of the other.
15153
15154 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15155
15156 (autoload (quote with-coding-priority) "mule-util" "\
15157 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
15158 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
15159 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
15160 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
15161
15162 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
15163
15164 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15165 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15166 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15167 coding systems ordered by priority.
15168
15169 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15170
15171 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15172 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15173 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15174 language environment LANG-ENV.
15175
15176 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15177
15178 ;;;***
15179 \f
15180 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15181 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
15182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15183
15184 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15185 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15186 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15188 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15189
15190 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15191
15192 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15193 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15194 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15195 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15196
15197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15200 Enable mouse wheel support.
15201
15202 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15203
15204 ;;;***
15205 \f
15206 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15207 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15208 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15209 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193))
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15211
15212 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15213 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15214
15215 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15218 Ping HOST.
15219 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15220 `ping-program-options'.
15221
15222 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15225 Run ipconfig program.
15226
15227 \(fn)" t nil)
15228
15229 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15230
15231 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15232 Run netstat program.
15233
15234 \(fn)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15237 Run the arp program.
15238
15239 \(fn)" t nil)
15240
15241 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15242 Run the route program.
15243
15244 \(fn)" t nil)
15245
15246 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15247 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15248
15249 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15250
15251 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15252 Run nslookup program.
15253
15254 \(fn)" t nil)
15255
15256 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15257 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15258
15259 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15260
15261 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15262 Run dig program.
15263
15264 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15265
15266 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15267 Run ftp program.
15268
15269 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15270
15271 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15272 Finger USER on HOST.
15273
15274 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15277 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15278 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15279 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15280
15281 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15282
15283 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15284 Not documented
15285
15286 \(fn)" t nil)
15287
15288 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15289 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15290
15291 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15294 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15295
15296 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15297
15298 ;;;***
15299 \f
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15301 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15302 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15303 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15304 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16136 53054))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15306
15307 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15308
15309 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15310
15311 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15312
15313 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15314
15315 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15316 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15317 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15318 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15319 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15320 Major modes should set this variable.")
15321
15322 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15323 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15324 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15325 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15326 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15327 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15328
15329 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15330
15331 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15332 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15333
15334 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15335 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15336 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15337 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15338
15339 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15340 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15341
15342 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15343 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15344 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15345
15346 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15347 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15348 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15349 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15350 column indentation or nil.
15351 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15352
15353 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15354 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15355 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15356
15357 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15358
15359 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15360 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15361 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15362 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15363
15364 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15365 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15366
15367 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15368
15369 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15370 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15371 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15372
15373 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15374
15375 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15376 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15377 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15378 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15379 the variables are properly set.
15380
15381 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15382
15383 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15384 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15385
15386 \(fn)" nil nil)
15387
15388 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15389 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15390 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15391
15392 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15393
15394 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15395 Set the comment column based on point.
15396 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15397 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15398 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15399 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15400
15401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15402
15403 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15404 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15405 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15406
15407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15408
15409 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15410 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15411 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15412 comment markers.
15413
15414 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15417 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15418 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15419 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15420 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15421 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15422 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15423 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15424
15425 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15426 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15427
15428 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15429
15430 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15431 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15432 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15433 is passed on to the respective function.
15434
15435 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15436
15437 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15438 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15439 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15440 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15441 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15442 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15443 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15444 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15445
15446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15447
15448 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15449 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15450 This indents the body of the continued comment
15451 under the previous comment line.
15452
15453 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15454 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15455 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15456
15457 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15458 or comment indentation.
15459
15460 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15461 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15462
15463 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15464
15465 ;;;***
15466 \f
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941
15468 ;;;;;; 42960))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15470
15471 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15472 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15473 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15474 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15475 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15476 symbol in the alist.
15477
15478 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481 \f
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15483 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15485
15486 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15487 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15488 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15489
15490 \(fn)" t nil)
15491
15492 ;;;***
15493 \f
15494 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15495 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15497
15498 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15499 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15500 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15501
15502 \(fn)" t nil)
15503
15504 ;;;***
15505 \f
15506 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15507 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15509
15510 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15511 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15512
15513 \(fn)" t nil)
15514
15515 ;;;***
15516 \f
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15518 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15520
15521 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15522 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15523
15524 \(fn)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15527 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15528
15529 \(fn)" t nil)
15530
15531 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15532 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15533
15534 \(fn)" t nil)
15535
15536 ;;;***
15537 \f
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15539 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 43128))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15541
15542 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15543 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15544 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15545
15546 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15547 Not documented
15548
15549 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15550
15551 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15552 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15553 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15554 to future sessions.
15555
15556 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15559 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15560 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15561 to future sessions.
15562
15563 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15564
15565 ;;;***
15566 \f
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15568 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15570
15571 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15572 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15573 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15574 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15575 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15576 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15577
15578 \(fn)" t nil)
15579
15580 ;;;***
15581 \f
15582 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15583 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15585
15586 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15587 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15588 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15589 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15590 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15591
15592 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15593
15594 ;;;***
15595 \f
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15597 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15599
15600 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15601 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15602 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15603
15604 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15605
15606 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15607 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15608
15609 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15610 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15611 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15612
15613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15614
15615 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15616
15617 ;;;***
15618 \f
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15620 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15622
15623 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15624 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15625
15626 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15627 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15628 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15629 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15630
15631 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15632 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15633 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15634 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15635 is why you need this mode!).
15636
15637 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15638 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15639 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15640
15641 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15642
15643 Keybindings
15644 ===========
15645
15646 \\{octave-mode-map}
15647
15648 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15649 ==============================================
15650
15651 octave-auto-indent
15652 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15653 Default is nil.
15654
15655 octave-auto-newline
15656 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15657 Default is nil.
15658
15659 octave-blink-matching-block
15660 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15661 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15662
15663 octave-block-offset
15664 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15665 Default is 2.
15666
15667 octave-continuation-offset
15668 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15669 Default is 4.
15670
15671 octave-continuation-string
15672 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15673 Default is a backslash.
15674
15675 octave-mode-startup-message
15676 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15677 Default is t.
15678
15679 octave-send-echo-input
15680 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15681 command to the inferior Octave process.
15682
15683 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15684 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15685 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15686
15687 octave-send-echo-input
15688 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15689
15690 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15691
15692 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15693 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15694
15695 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15696 (setq auto-mode-alist
15697 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15698
15699 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15700 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15701
15702 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15703 (lambda ()
15704 (abbrev-mode 1)
15705 (auto-fill-mode 1)
15706 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15707 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15708
15709 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15710 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15711 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15712 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15713
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15715
15716 ;;;***
15717 \f
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
15719 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
15721
15722 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15723 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15724 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15725
15726 \(fn)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15729 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15730 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15731 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15732 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15733
15734 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15735
15736 \(fn)" t nil)
15737
15738 ;;;***
15739 \f
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
15741 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
15743
15744 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15745 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15746 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15747 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15748
15749 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15750 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15751 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15752 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15753
15754 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15755 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15756 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15757 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15758 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15759 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15760
15761 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15762 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15763 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15764
15765 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15766 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15767 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15768 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15769 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15770 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15771 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15772 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15773 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15774 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15775 The subheadings remain visible.
15776 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15777
15778 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15779 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15780 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15781
15782 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15783 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
15784
15785 \(fn)" t nil)
15786
15787 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15788 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15789 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15790 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15791
15792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15793
15794 ;;;***
15795 \f
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15798
15799 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15800 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15801 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15803 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
15804
15805 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
15806
15807 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15808 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15809 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15810 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15811
15812 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15813 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15814
15815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15816
15817 ;;;***
15818 \f
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941
15820 ;;;;;; 42965))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15822
15823 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15824 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
15825 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15826
15827 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15828 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
15829
15830 Other useful functions are:
15831
15832 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
15833 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
15834 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
15835 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
15836 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
15837 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
15838 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
15839 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
15840 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
15841
15842 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15843
15844 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15845 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15846 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15847 Indentation for case statements.
15848 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15849 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15850 mark after an end.
15851 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15852 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15853 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15854 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15855 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15856 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15857 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15858 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15859 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15860 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15861
15862 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15863 pascal-separator-keywords.
15864
15865 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15866 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15867
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15869
15870 ;;;***
15871 \f
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15873 ;;;;;; (15223 38063))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15875
15876 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15877 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15878 The keys affected are:
15879 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15880 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15881 M-Backspace does undo.
15882 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15883 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15884 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15885
15886 \(fn)" t nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15891 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15893
15894 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15895 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15896 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15898 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
15899
15900 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15901
15902 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15903 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15904
15905 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15906
15907 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15908 which modify the status of the mark.
15909
15910 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15911 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15912
15913 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15914 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15915
15916 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
15917 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
15918 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
15919 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
15920 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
15921
15922 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
15923 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
15924
15925 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
15926 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
15927 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
15928
15929 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
15930 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
15931 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
15932
15933 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
15934 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
15935
15936 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
15937 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
15938 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
15939
15940 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
15941 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
15942 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
15943
15944 F6 other-window
15945 DELETE delete-char
15946 C-DELETE kill-line
15947 M-DELETE kill-word
15948 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
15949 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
15950 M-BACKSPACE undo
15951
15952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15953
15954 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15955 Toggle PC Selection mode.
15956 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
15957 and cursor movement commands.
15958 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15959 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
15960
15961 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15962
15963 ;;;***
15964 \f
15965 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678
15966 ;;;;;; 51468))
15967 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
15968
15969 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
15970 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
15971
15972 \(fn)" nil nil)
15973
15974 ;;;***
15975 \f
15976 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
15977 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 43679))
15978 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
15979
15980 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15981 Completion for `gzip'.
15982
15983 \(fn)" nil nil)
15984
15985 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15986 Completion for `bzip2'.
15987
15988 \(fn)" nil nil)
15989
15990 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15991 Completion for GNU `make'.
15992
15993 \(fn)" nil nil)
15994
15995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15996 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
15997
15998 \(fn)" nil nil)
15999
16000 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16001
16002 ;;;***
16003 \f
16004 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16005 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 43679))
16006 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16007
16008 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16009 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16010
16011 \(fn)" nil nil)
16012
16013 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16014 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16015
16016 \(fn)" nil nil)
16017
16018 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16019 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16020
16021 \(fn)" nil nil)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
16026 ;;;;;; 43679))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16028
16029 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16030 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16031 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16032 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16033 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16034 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16035
16036 \(fn)" nil nil)
16037
16038 ;;;***
16039 \f
16040 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16041 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16042 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 43679))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16044
16045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16046 Completion for `cd'.
16047
16048 \(fn)" nil nil)
16049
16050 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16051
16052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16053 Completion for `rmdir'.
16054
16055 \(fn)" nil nil)
16056
16057 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16058 Completion for `rm'.
16059
16060 \(fn)" nil nil)
16061
16062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16063 Completion for `xargs'.
16064
16065 \(fn)" nil nil)
16066
16067 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16068
16069 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16070 Completion for `which'.
16071
16072 \(fn)" nil nil)
16073
16074 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16075 Completion for the `chown' command.
16076
16077 \(fn)" nil nil)
16078
16079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16080 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16081
16082 \(fn)" nil nil)
16083
16084 ;;;***
16085 \f
16086 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16087 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16088 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941
16089 ;;;;;; 42956))
16090 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16091
16092 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16093 Support extensible programmable completion.
16094 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16095 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16096
16097 \(fn)" t nil)
16098
16099 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16100 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16101
16102 \(fn)" t nil)
16103
16104 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16105 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16106 This will modify the current buffer.
16107
16108 \(fn)" t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16111 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16112
16113 \(fn)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16116 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16117 This will modify the current buffer.
16118
16119 \(fn)" t nil)
16120
16121 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16122 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16123
16124 \(fn)" t nil)
16125
16126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16127 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16128
16129 \(fn)" t nil)
16130
16131 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16132 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16133 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16134 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16135 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16136
16137 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16138
16139 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16140 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16141
16142 \(fn)" nil nil)
16143
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16147 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16148 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16150
16151 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16152 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16153 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16154 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16155
16156 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16157
16158 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16159
16160 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16161 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16162 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16163 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16164 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16165 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16166 FLAGS is ignored.
16167
16168 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16169
16170 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16171 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16172 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16173 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16174 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16175 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16176 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16177 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16178
16179 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16180
16181 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16182 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16183 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16184 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16185 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16186 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16187 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16188 passed to cvs.
16189
16190 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16193 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16194 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16195 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16196 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16197 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16198 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16199
16200 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16201
16202 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16203
16204 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16205 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16206 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16207
16208 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16209
16210 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16211 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16212 nil means never do it.
16213 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16214 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16215 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16216
16217 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16218
16219 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16220 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16221 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16222
16223 ;;;***
16224 \f
16225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16227
16228 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16229
16230 ;;;***
16231 \f
16232 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16233 ;;;;;; (16111 41834))
16234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16235
16236 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16237 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16238 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16239 Tab indents for Perl code.
16240 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16241 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16242 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16243 \\{perl-mode-map}
16244 Variables controlling indentation style:
16245 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16246 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16247 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16248 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16249 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16250 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16251 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16252 `perl-nochange'
16253 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16254 `perl-indent-level'
16255 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16256 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16257 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16258 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16259 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16260 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16261 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16262 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16263 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16264 `perl-brace-offset'
16265 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16266 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16267 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16268 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16269 `perl-label-offset'
16270 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16271 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16272 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16273
16274 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16275 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16276 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16277 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16278 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16279 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16280 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16281
16282 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16283
16284 \(fn)" t nil)
16285
16286 ;;;***
16287 \f
16288 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16289 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16291
16292 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16293 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16294 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16295 afterwards settable by these commands:
16296 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16297 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16298 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16299 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16300 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16301 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16302 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16303 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16304 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16305 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16306 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16307 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16308 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16309 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16310 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16311 with these commands:
16312 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16313 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16314 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16315 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16316 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16317 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16318 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16319 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16320 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16321 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16322 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16323 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16324 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16325 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16326 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16327 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16328 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16329 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16330 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16331 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16332 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16333 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16334 text is saved in the kill ring.
16335 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16336 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16337 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16338 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16339 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16340 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16341 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16342 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16343 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16344 commands if invoked soon enough.
16345 You can return to the previous mode with:
16346 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16347 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16348
16349 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16350
16351 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16352 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16353
16354 \(fn)" t nil)
16355
16356 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16357
16358 ;;;***
16359 \f
16360 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16361 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16363
16364 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16365 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16366 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16367
16368 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16369
16370 ;;;***
16371 \f
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16374
16375 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16376 Play pong and waste time.
16377 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16378 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16379
16380 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16381
16382 \\{pong-mode-map}
16383
16384 \(fn)" t nil)
16385
16386 ;;;***
16387 \f
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16389 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958))
16390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16391
16392 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16393 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16394 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16395 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16396
16397 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16398
16399 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16400 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16401 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16402 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16403 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16404
16405 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16406
16407 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16408 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16409 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16410 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16411 in the variable `values'.
16412
16413 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16414
16415 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16416 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16417 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16418 Ignores leading comment characters.
16419
16420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16421
16422 ;;;***
16423 \f
16424 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16425 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16427 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16428 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16429 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16430 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16431 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16432 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16433 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16434 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16435 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16436 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16437 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16438 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16439 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16440 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16441 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16442 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16444
16445 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16446 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16447
16448 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16449
16450 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16451
16452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16453
16454 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16455 Preview directory using ghostview.
16456
16457 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16458 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16459 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16460 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16461
16462 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16463 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16464 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16465 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16466 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16467 file name.
16468
16469 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16470
16471 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16472
16473 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16474 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16475
16476 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16477 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16478 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16479 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16480
16481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16482 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16483 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16484 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16485 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16486 file name.
16487
16488 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16489
16490 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16491
16492 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16493 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16494
16495 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16496 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16497 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16498 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16499
16500 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16501 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16502 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16503 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16504 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16505 file name.
16506
16507 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16508
16509 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16510
16511 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16512 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16513
16514 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16515
16516 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16517 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16518 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16519 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16520
16521 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16522 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16523 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16524 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16525 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16526 file name.
16527
16528 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16529
16530 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16531
16532 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16533 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16534
16535 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16536 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16537 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16538
16539 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16540 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16541 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16542 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16543
16544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16545
16546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16547 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16548
16549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16550 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16551 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16552
16553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16554 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16555 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16556 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16557
16558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16559
16560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16561 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16562
16563 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16564 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16565 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16566
16567 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16568 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16569 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16570 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16571
16572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16573
16574 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16575 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16576
16577 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16578
16579 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16580 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16581 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16582
16583 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16584 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16585 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16586 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16587
16588 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16589
16590 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16591 Preview region using ghostview.
16592
16593 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16594
16595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16596
16597 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16598 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16599
16600 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16601
16602 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16603
16604 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16605 Print region using PostScript printer.
16606
16607 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16608
16609 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16610
16611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16612 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16613
16614 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16615
16616 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16617
16618 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16619 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16620
16621 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16622
16623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16626 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16627
16628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16629
16630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16631
16632 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16633 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16634
16635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16636
16637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16638
16639 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16640 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16641
16642 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16643
16644 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16645
16646 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16647 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16648 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16649 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16650
16651 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16652 matching.
16653
16654 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16655 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16656
16657 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16658
16659 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16660
16661 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16662 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16663 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16664 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16665
16666 \(fn)" t nil)
16667
16668 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16669 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16670 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16671 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16672
16673 \(fn)" t nil)
16674
16675 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16676 Print directory using text printer.
16677
16678 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16679 matching.
16680
16681 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16682 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16683
16684 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16685
16686 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16687
16688 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16689 Print buffer using text printer.
16690
16691 \(fn)" t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16694 Print region using text printer.
16695
16696 \(fn)" t nil)
16697
16698 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
16699 Print major mode using text printer.
16700
16701 \(fn)" t nil)
16702
16703 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
16704 Preview spooled PostScript.
16705
16706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16707 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16708 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16709
16710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16711 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16712 PostScript image in a file with that name.
16713
16714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16715
16716 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16717 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
16718
16719 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16720 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16721 instead of sending it to the printer.
16722
16723 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16724 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16725 image in a file with that name.
16726
16727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16728
16729 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
16730 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16731
16732 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16733 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16734 instead of sending it to the printer.
16735
16736 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16737 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16738 image in a file with that name.
16739
16740 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16741
16742 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
16743 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16744
16745 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16746 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16747 instead of sending it to the printer.
16748
16749 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16750 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16751 image in a file with that name.
16752
16753 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16754
16755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
16756 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16757
16758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16759
16760 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
16761 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16762
16763 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
16764
16765 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16766 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
16767
16768 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16769
16770 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
16771 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
16772
16773 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16774
16775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
16776 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16777
16778 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16779
16780 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
16781 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
16782
16783 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
16784 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16785 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
16786 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16787
16788 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16789 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
16790 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
16791 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
16792 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
16793 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
16794 file name.
16795
16796 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
16797
16798 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
16799 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
16800
16801 \(fn)" t nil)
16802
16803 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
16804 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
16805
16806 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
16807 right.
16808 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
16809 bottom.
16810
16811 \(fn)" t nil)
16812
16813 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
16814 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
16815
16816 \(fn)" t nil)
16817
16818 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16819 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
16820
16821 \(fn)" t nil)
16822
16823 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
16824 Toggle printing with faces.
16825
16826 \(fn)" t nil)
16827
16828 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
16829 Toggle spooling.
16830
16831 \(fn)" t nil)
16832
16833 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
16834 Toggle duplex.
16835
16836 \(fn)" t nil)
16837
16838 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
16839 Toggle tumble.
16840
16841 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
16842 right.
16843 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
16844 bottom.
16845
16846 \(fn)" t nil)
16847
16848 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
16849 Toggle landscape.
16850
16851 \(fn)" t nil)
16852
16853 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
16854 Toggle upside-down.
16855
16856 \(fn)" t nil)
16857
16858 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
16859 Toggle line number.
16860
16861 \(fn)" t nil)
16862
16863 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
16864 Toggle zebra stripes.
16865
16866 \(fn)" t nil)
16867
16868 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
16869 Toggle printing header.
16870
16871 \(fn)" t nil)
16872
16873 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
16874 Toggle printing header frame.
16875
16876 \(fn)" t nil)
16877
16878 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
16879 Toggle menu lock.
16880
16881 \(fn)" t nil)
16882
16883 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
16884 Toggle auto region.
16885
16886 \(fn)" t nil)
16887
16888 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
16889 Toggle auto mode.
16890
16891 \(fn)" t nil)
16892
16893 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
16894 Customization of `printing' group.
16895
16896 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16897
16898 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
16899 Customization of `lpr' group.
16900
16901 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16902
16903 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
16904 Help for printing package.
16905
16906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16907
16908 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
16909 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
16910
16911 \(fn)" t nil)
16912
16913 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
16914 Select interactively a text printer.
16915
16916 \(fn)" t nil)
16917
16918 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
16919 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
16920
16921 \(fn)" t nil)
16922
16923 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
16924 Show current ps-print settings.
16925
16926 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16927
16928 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
16929 Show current printing settings.
16930
16931 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
16934 Show current lpr settings.
16935
16936 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16937
16938 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
16939 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
16940
16941 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
16942 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
16943 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
16944 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
16945
16946
16947 Interactively, you have the following situations:
16948
16949 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16950 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
16951 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
16952
16953 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16954 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16955 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
16956 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
16957 current active printer.
16958
16959 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16960 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
16961 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
16962 printer.
16963
16964 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16965 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
16966 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
16967 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
16968 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16969
16970
16971 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
16972 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
16973
16974 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
16975
16976 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
16977 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
16978 be done using the new current active printer.
16979
16980 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
16981 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
16982 printer.
16983
16984 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
16985 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
16986 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
16987 instead of sending it to the printer.
16988
16989 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
16990 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
16991 printer.
16992
16993 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
16994
16995
16996 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
16997 are both set to t.
16998
16999 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17000
17001 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17002 Fast fire function for text printing.
17003
17004 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17005 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17006 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17007 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17008
17009 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17010 user for a new active text printer.
17011
17012 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17013
17014 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17015
17016 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17017 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17018 printer.
17019
17020 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17021
17022 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17023 are both set to t.
17024
17025 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17026
17027 ;;;***
17028 \f
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17030 ;;;;;; (15611 12634))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17032
17033 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17034 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17035 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17036 Commands:
17037 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17038 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17039 if that value is non-nil.
17040
17041 \(fn)" t nil)
17042
17043 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17044 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17045
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17047
17048 ;;;***
17049 \f
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17052
17053 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17054 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17055 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17056
17057 ;;;***
17058 \f
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17060 ;;;;;; 41834))
17061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17062
17063 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17064 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17065
17066 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17067
17068 The following variables hold user options, and can
17069 be set through the `customize' command:
17070
17071 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17072 `ps-mode-tab'
17073 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17074 `ps-mode-print-function'
17075 `ps-run-prompt'
17076 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17077 `ps-run-x'
17078 `ps-run-dumb'
17079 `ps-run-init'
17080 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17081 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17082
17083 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17084
17085
17086 \\{ps-mode-map}
17087
17088
17089 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17090 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17091 The keymap for this second window is:
17092
17093 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17094
17095
17096 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17097 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17098 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17099 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17100 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17101
17102 \(fn)" t nil)
17103
17104 ;;;***
17105 \f
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17107 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17108 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17109 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16085 62843))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17111
17112 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17113 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17114
17115 Valid values are:
17116
17117 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17118 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17119 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17120 changed by setting the variable
17121 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17122 The initial value of this variable is
17123 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17124 documentation).
17125
17126 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17127 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17128 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17129 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17130 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17131 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17132 test it.
17133
17134 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17135 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17136 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17137 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17138 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17139 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17140 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17141 use this value, be sure to have installed
17142 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17143 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17144 documentation of this variable).
17145
17146 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17147 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17148 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17149 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17150 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17151 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17152
17153 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17154
17155 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17156
17157 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17158 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17159 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17160
17161 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17162
17163 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17164 Not documented
17165
17166 \(fn)" nil nil)
17167
17168 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17169 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17170
17171 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17172
17173 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17174
17175 Returns the value:
17176
17177 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17178
17179 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17180 the sequence.
17181
17182 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17183
17184 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17185 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17186
17187 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17188 composition.
17189
17190 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17191
17192 Returns the value:
17193
17194 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17195
17196 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17197 the sequence.
17198
17199 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17200
17201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17203
17204 \(fn)" nil nil)
17205
17206 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17207 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17208 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17209
17210 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17211
17212 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17213 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17214
17215 \(fn)" nil nil)
17216
17217 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17218 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17219 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17220
17221 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17222
17223 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17224 Not documented
17225
17226 \(fn)" nil nil)
17227
17228 ;;;***
17229 \f
17230 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17231 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17232 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17233 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17234 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17235 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148
17236 ;;;;;; 4633))
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17238
17239 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17240 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17241 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17242
17243 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17244
17245 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17246 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17247 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17248 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17249
17250 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17251
17252 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17253 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17254
17255 Valid values are:
17256
17257 nil Do not print colors.
17258
17259 t Print colors.
17260
17261 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17262 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17263
17264 Any other value is treated as t.")
17265
17266 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17267
17268 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17269 Customization of ps-print group.
17270
17271 \(fn)" t nil)
17272
17273 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17274 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17275
17276 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17277 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17278 sending it to the printer.
17279
17280 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17281 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17282 image in a file with that name.
17283
17284 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17285
17286 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17287 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17288 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17289 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17290 so it has a way to determine color values.
17291
17292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17293
17294 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17295 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17296 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17297
17298 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17299
17300 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17301 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17302 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17303 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17304 so it has a way to determine color values.
17305
17306 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17307
17308 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17309 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17310 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17311 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17312
17313 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17314
17315 \(fn)" t nil)
17316
17317 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17318 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17319 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17320 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17321 so it has a way to determine color values.
17322
17323 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17324
17325 \(fn)" t nil)
17326
17327 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17328 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17329 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17330
17331 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17332
17333 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17336 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17337 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17338 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17339 so it has a way to determine color values.
17340
17341 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17342
17343 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17344
17345 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17346 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17347
17348 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17349 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17350 instead of sending it to the printer.
17351
17352 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17353 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17354 image in a file with that name.
17355
17356 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17357
17358 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17359 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17360 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17361 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17362 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17363
17364 \(fn)" t nil)
17365
17366 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17367 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17368 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17369
17370 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17373 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17374 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17375
17376 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17377
17378 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17379 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17380
17381 \(fn)" nil nil)
17382
17383 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17384 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17385
17386 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17387 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17388
17389 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17390 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17391
17392 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17393
17394 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17395
17396 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17397
17398 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17399 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17400
17401 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17402 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17403
17404 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17405 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17406
17407 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17408
17409 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17410
17411 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17412
17413 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17414 foreground and background colors respectively.
17415
17416 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17417 bold - use bold font.
17418 italic - use italic font.
17419 underline - put a line under text.
17420 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17421 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17422 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17423 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17424 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17425
17426 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17427
17428 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17429
17430 ;;;***
17431 \f
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17433 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17434 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17435 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17436 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16183 19626))
17437 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17438
17439 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17440 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17441
17442 \(fn)" nil nil)
17443
17444 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17445 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17446 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17447
17448 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17449 `quail-activate', which see.
17450
17451 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17452
17453 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17454 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17455 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17456 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17457 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17458 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17459 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17460
17461 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17462 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17463 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17464 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17465 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17466 shown.
17467 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17468
17469 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17470 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17471 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17472 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17473 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17474 list of candidates.
17475
17476 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17477 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17478 command to be called.
17479
17480 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17481 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17482 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17483 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17484
17485 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17486 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17487 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17488 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17489 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17490 to t.
17491
17492 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17493 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17494 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17495 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17496
17497 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17498 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17499 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17500 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17501
17502 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17503 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17504 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17505 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17506 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17507 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17508
17509 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17510 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17511 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17512 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17513 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17514 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17515
17516 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17517 covers Quail translation region.
17518
17519 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17520 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17521 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17522 for it) is inserted.
17523
17524 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17525 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17526 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17527
17528 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17529 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17530 non-Quail commands.
17531
17532 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17535 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17536
17537 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17538 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17539 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17540 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17541 you type is correctly handled.
17542
17543 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17544
17545 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17546 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17547
17548 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17549 keyboard type.
17550
17551 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17554 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17555 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17556 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17557 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17558 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17559 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17560 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17561 for the translation.
17562 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17563
17564 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17565 it is used to handle KEY.
17566
17567 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17568 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17569 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17570 the following annotation types are supported.
17571
17572 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17573 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17574
17575 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17576 candidate list.
17577
17578 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17579 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17580 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17581 inserted.
17582
17583 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17584 generated for the following translations.
17585
17586 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17587
17588 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17589 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17590
17591 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17592 which to install MAP.
17593
17594 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17595
17596 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17597
17598 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17599 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17600
17601 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17602 which to install MAP.
17603
17604 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17605
17606 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17607
17608 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17609 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17610 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17611 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17612 a function, or a cons.
17613 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17614 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17615 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17616 for the translation.
17617 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17618 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17619 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17620 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17621 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17622
17623 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17624 it is used to handle KEY.
17625
17626 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17627 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17628 current Quail package.
17629
17630 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17631 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17632
17633 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17634
17635 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17636 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17637
17638 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17639 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17640
17641 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17642
17643 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17644 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17645
17646 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17647
17648 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17649 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17650 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17651 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17652 of the Emacs source tree.
17653
17654 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17655 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17656
17657 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17658 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17659 of each directory.
17660
17661 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17662
17663 ;;;***
17664 \f
17665 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17666 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17667 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941
17668 ;;;;;; 42963))
17669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17670
17671 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17672 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17673 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17674 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17675
17676 To make use of this do something like:
17677
17678 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17679
17680 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17681
17682 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17683 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17684
17685 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17686 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17687 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17688
17689 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17690
17691 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17692 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17693
17694 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17695
17696 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17697 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17698
17699 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17700 is decided.
17701
17702 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17703
17704 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17705 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17706
17707 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17708 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17709 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17710
17711 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17714 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17715
17716 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17719 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17720
17721 \(fn)" t nil)
17722
17723 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17724 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17725
17726 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
17727
17728 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
17729
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17731
17732 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
17733 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
17734
17735 \(fn)" t nil)
17736
17737 ;;;***
17738 \f
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941
17740 ;;;;;; 42963))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
17742
17743 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
17744 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
17745 See \\[compile].
17746
17747 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
17748
17749 ;;;***
17750 \f
17751 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
17752 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
17753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
17754
17755 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
17756 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
17757
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17759
17760 ;;;***
17761 \f
17762 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16055 8591))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
17764
17765 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
17766 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
17767 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17769 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
17770
17771 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
17772
17773 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
17774 Toggle recentf mode.
17775 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17776 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17777
17778 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
17779 that were operated on recently.
17780
17781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17782
17783 ;;;***
17784 \f
17785 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
17786 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
17787 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
17788 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941
17789 ;;;;;; 42956))
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
17791
17792 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
17793 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
17794 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
17795 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
17796
17797 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
17798
17799 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
17800
17801 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
17802 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
17803 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
17804 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
17805 ends.
17806
17807 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17808 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
17809 to be deleted.
17810
17811 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17814 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17815 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17816
17817 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17818 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17819 deleted.
17820
17821 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17822
17823 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17824 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17825 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17826
17827 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
17830 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
17831
17832 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17833 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
17834
17835 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17836 deleted.
17837
17838 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
17841 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
17842
17843 \(fn)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17846 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
17847 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
17848 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
17849 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
17850 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
17851 and point is at the lower right corner.
17852
17853 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
17854
17855 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
17856 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17857
17858 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
17859 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
17860
17861 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17862 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
17863 on the right side of the rectangle.
17864
17865 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17866
17867 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
17868
17869 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
17870 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
17871 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
17872 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
17873 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
17874
17875 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17876 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
17877
17878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
17881 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
17882 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
17883
17884 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
17885
17886 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17887
17888 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
17889
17890 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17891 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17892
17893 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17894 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
17895 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
17896
17897 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17898
17899 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
17900 Blank out the region-rectangle.
17901 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
17902
17903 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17904 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
17905 rectangle which were empty.
17906
17907 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
17912 ;;;;;; 41838))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
17914
17915 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17916 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17917 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17918
17919 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17920 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17921 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17922
17923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17924
17925 ;;;***
17926 \f
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex)
17928 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16142 9352))
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17930
17931 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17932 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17933
17934 \(fn)" nil nil)
17935
17936 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17937 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
17938
17939 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
17940 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
17941
17942 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
17943 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17944 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17945 \\ref macro.
17946
17947 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
17948 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17949 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
17950
17951 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17952 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17953 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
17954
17955 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17956 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17957
17958 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17959 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
17960
17961 \\{reftex-mode-map}
17962 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17963 on the menu bar.
17964
17965 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17966
17967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\
17970 Is the scanning info about the current document available?
17971
17972 \(fn)" nil nil)
17973
17974 ;;;***
17975 \f
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17977 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17979
17980 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17981 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17982 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17983 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
17984 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17985 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17986
17987 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17988
17989 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17990
17991 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17992 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17993 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
17994 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17995
17996 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17997 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17998 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17999 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18000
18001 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18002
18003 ;;;***
18004 \f
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18006 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
18007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18008
18009 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18010 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18011 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18012
18013 To insert new phrases, use
18014 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18015 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18016
18017 To index phrases use one of:
18018
18019 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18020 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18021 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18022 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18023 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18024
18025 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18026 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18027
18028 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18029
18030 Here are all local bindings.
18031
18032 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18033
18034 \(fn)" t nil)
18035
18036 ;;;***
18037 \f
18038 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18039 ;;;;;; (16142 9352))
18040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18041
18042 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18043 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18044 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18045 of master file.
18046
18047 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18048
18049 ;;;***
18050 \f
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18052 ;;;;;; (16179 16744))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18054
18055 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18056 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18057 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18058 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18059 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18060 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18061
18062 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18063 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18064
18065 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18066 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18067
18068 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18069
18070 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18071 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18072 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18073 in REGEXP.
18074
18075 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18076
18077 ;;;***
18078 \f
18079 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956))
18080 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18081
18082 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18083 Repeat most recently executed command.
18084 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18085 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18086 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18087
18088 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18089 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18090 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18091
18092 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18093
18094 ;;;***
18095 \f
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18097 ;;;;;; (15356 55960))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18099
18100 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18101 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18102
18103 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18104 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18105 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18106 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18107 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18108 and point is left after the salutation.
18109
18110 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18111 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18112 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18113 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18114 left after that text.
18115
18116 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18117 is non-nil.
18118
18119 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18120 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18121 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18122 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18123
18124 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18125
18126 ;;;***
18127 \f
18128 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18129 ;;;;;; (15364 46020))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18131
18132 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18133 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18134 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18135 visibility of comments that precede it.
18136 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18137 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18138 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18139 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18140 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18141 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18142 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18143 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18144 the comment lines.
18145 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18146 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18147 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18148 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18149 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18150
18151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18152 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18153
18154 ;;;***
18155 \f
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941
18157 ;;;;;; 42956))
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18159
18160 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18161 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18162
18163 \(fn)" nil nil)
18164
18165 ;;;***
18166 \f
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18168 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18170
18171 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18172 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18173 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18174
18175 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18176 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18177 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18178
18179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18180
18181 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18182 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18183 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18185 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18186
18187 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18188
18189 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18190 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18191 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18192
18193 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18194 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18195 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18196
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18198
18199 ;;;***
18200 \f
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18202 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18203 ;;;;;; (15728 55520))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18205
18206 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18207 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18208 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18209 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18210 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18211
18212 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18213
18214 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18215 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18216 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18217 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18218 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18219
18220 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18221
18222 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18223 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18224 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18226 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18227
18228 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18229
18230 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18231 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18232 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18233 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18234 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18235 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18236 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18237
18238 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18239 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18240
18241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18242
18243 ;;;***
18244 \f
18245 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18246 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18248
18249 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18250 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18251
18252 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18253
18254 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18255 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18256
18257 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18258
18259 ;;;***
18260 \f
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16066 53440))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18263 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18264
18265 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18266 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18267 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18268 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18269
18270 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18271
18272 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18273 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18274 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18275 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18276
18277 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18278 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18279
18280 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18281 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18282
18283 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18284 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18285 INPUT-ARGS.
18286
18287 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18288 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18289 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18290 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18291 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18292
18293 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18294 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18295 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18296 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18297
18298 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18299 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18300 variable.
18301
18302 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18303
18304 ;;;***
18305 \f
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18307 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18308 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18309 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18310 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18311 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18312 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16072 11522))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18314
18315 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18316 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18317 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18318 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18319
18320 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18321
18322 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18323 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18324 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18325 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18326 value is the user's email address and name.)
18327 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18328
18329 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18330 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18331 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18332 which normally happens once for each message,
18333 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18334 To make a change in this variable take effect
18335 for a message that you have already viewed,
18336 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18337
18338 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18339
18340 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18341 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18342 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18343 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18344
18345 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18346
18347 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18348 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18349
18350 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18351
18352 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18353 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18354 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18355 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18356
18357 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18358
18359 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18360 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18361
18362 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18363
18364 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18365 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18366
18367 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18368
18369 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18370 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18371 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18372 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18373 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18374
18375 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18376
18377 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18378 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18379
18380 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18381
18382 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18383 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18384
18385 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18386
18387 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18388 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18389
18390 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18391
18392 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18393 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18394
18395 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18396
18397 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18398 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18399
18400 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18401 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18402
18403 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18404 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18405
18406 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18407
18408 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18409 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18410
18411 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18412 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18413 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18414 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18415
18416 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18417 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18418
18419 This is set to nil by default.")
18420
18421 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18422 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18423 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18424 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18425 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18426
18427 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18428
18429 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18430 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18431 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18432 It is called with no argument.")
18433
18434 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18435 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18436 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18437 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18438 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18439 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18440 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18441
18442 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18443 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18444 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18445 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18446 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18447 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18448
18449 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18450 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18451 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18452 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18453 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18454
18455 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18456 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18457 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18458 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18459 MSG is the message number,
18460 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18461 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18462
18463 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18464 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18465 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18466 this feature is required with `require'.")
18467
18468 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18469 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18470 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18471 the message is decoded as normal way.
18472
18473 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18474 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18475 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18476
18477 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18478 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18479 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18480
18481 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18482 Read and edit incoming mail.
18483 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18484 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18485 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18486
18487 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18488 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18489 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18490 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18491
18492 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18493
18494 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18495
18496 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18497 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18498 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18499 Instead, these commands are available:
18500
18501 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18502 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18503 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18504 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18505 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18506 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18507 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18508 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18509 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18510 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18511 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18512 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18513 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18514 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18515 till a deleted message is found.
18516 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18517 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18518 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18519 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18520 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18521 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18522 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18523 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18524 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18525 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18526 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18527 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18528 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18529 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18530 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18531 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18532 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18533 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18534 (label defaults to last one specified).
18535 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18536 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18537 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18538 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18539 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18540 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18541 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18542 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18543 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18544
18545 \(fn)" t nil)
18546
18547 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18548 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18549
18550 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18551
18552 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18553 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18554
18555 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18556
18557 ;;;***
18558 \f
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18560 ;;;;;; (15830 37093))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18562
18563 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18564 Edit the contents of this message.
18565
18566 \(fn)" t nil)
18567
18568 ;;;***
18569 \f
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18571 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18572 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 43692))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18574
18575 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18576 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18577 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18578
18579 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18580
18581 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18582 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18583 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18584
18585 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18586
18587 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18588 Not documented
18589
18590 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18591
18592 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18593 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18596 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18597
18598 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18599
18600 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18601 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18602 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18603 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18604 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18605
18606 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18607
18608 ;;;***
18609 \f
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18611 ;;;;;; (15186 43692))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18613
18614 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18615 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18616 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18617 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18618
18619 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18620
18621 ;;;***
18622 \f
18623 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18624 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18625 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961))
18626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18627
18628 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18629 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18630 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18631 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18632 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18633 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18634 a file name as a string.")
18635
18636 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18637
18638 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18639 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18640 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18641 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18642 buffer visiting that file.
18643 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18644 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18645
18646 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18647 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18648
18649 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18650 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18651
18652 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18653 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18654
18655 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18656
18657 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18658 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18659
18660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18661
18662 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18663 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18664 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18665 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18666 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18667
18668 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18669 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18670 will be appended with their original headers.
18671
18672 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18673 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18674
18675 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18676 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18677
18678 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18679
18680 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18683 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18684 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18685
18686 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18687
18688 ;;;***
18689 \f
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18691 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18692 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941
18693 ;;;;;; 42961))
18694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18695
18696 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18697 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18698 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18699
18700 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18701
18702 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18703 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18704 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18705
18706 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18709 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18710 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18711
18712 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18715 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18716 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18717
18718 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18721 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18722 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18723
18724 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18725
18726 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18727 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18728 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18729
18730 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18731
18732 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18733 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18734 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18735 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18736
18737 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18738
18739 ;;;***
18740 \f
18741 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18742 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18743 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18744 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18745 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
18747
18748 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
18749 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
18750
18751 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
18752
18753 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
18754 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
18755
18756 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
18757
18758 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
18759 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
18760
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
18764 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
18765 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
18766
18767 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
18768
18769 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
18770 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
18771 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
18772 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18773 only look in the To and From fields.
18774 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18775
18776 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
18777
18778 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
18779 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
18780 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
18781 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
18782 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
18783
18784 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
18785
18786 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
18787 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
18788 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
18789 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18790 look in the whole message.
18791 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18792
18793 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
18794
18795 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
18796 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
18797 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
18798
18799 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
18800
18801 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
18802 *Function to decode summary-line.
18803
18804 By default, `identity' is set.")
18805
18806 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
18807
18808 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
18809 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
18810 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
18811 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
18812 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
18813 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
18814 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
18815
18816 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
18817 sent by you under different user names.
18818 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
18819
18820 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
18821
18822 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
18823
18824 ;;;***
18825 \f
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
18827 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
18829
18830 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
18831 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
18832 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
18833 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
18834
18835 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
18836
18837 ;;;***
18838 \f
18839 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
18840 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956))
18841 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
18842
18843 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
18844 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
18845
18846 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
18847
18848 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
18849 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
18850
18851 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18852
18853 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
18854 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
18855
18856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18857
18858 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
18859 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
18860 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
18861
18862 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
18863 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
18864 in rot 13.
18865
18866 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
18867
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18869
18870 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
18871 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
18872
18873 \(fn)" t nil)
18874
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
18878 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
18879 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
18880 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
18881 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
18882 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
18883
18884 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
18885 *This variable is obsolete.")
18886
18887 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
18888
18889 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
18890 *This variable is obsolete.")
18891
18892 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18893
18894 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
18895 *This variable is obsolete.")
18896
18897 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18898
18899 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
18900 *This variable is obsolete.")
18901
18902 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
18903
18904 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
18905 *This variable is obsolete.")
18906
18907 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18908
18909 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
18910 *This variable is obsolete.")
18911
18912 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18913
18914 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
18915 This function is obsolete.
18916
18917 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
18918
18919 ;;;***
18920 \f
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16179
18922 ;;;;;; 11153))
18923 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
18924
18925 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
18926 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
18927
18928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18929
18930 ;;;***
18931 \f
18932 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941
18933 ;;;;;; 42958))
18934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
18935
18936 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
18937 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
18938 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
18939 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
18940
18941 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
18942
18943 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
18944 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
18945 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
18946
18947 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
18948 notation.
18949
18950 STRING
18951 matches string STRING literally.
18952
18953 CHAR
18954 matches character CHAR literally.
18955
18956 `not-newline'
18957 matches any character except a newline.
18958 .
18959 `anything'
18960 matches any character
18961
18962 `(any SET)'
18963 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
18964 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
18965
18966 '(in SET)'
18967 like `any'.
18968
18969 `(not (any SET))'
18970 matches any character not in SET
18971
18972 `line-start'
18973 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
18974 in the text being matched
18975
18976 `line-end'
18977 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
18978
18979 `string-start'
18980 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18981 string being matched against.
18982
18983 `string-end'
18984 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18985 string being matched against.
18986
18987 `buffer-start'
18988 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18989 buffer being matched against.
18990
18991 `buffer-end'
18992 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18993 buffer being matched against.
18994
18995 `point'
18996 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18997
18998 `word-start'
18999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19000 word.
19001
19002 `word-end'
19003 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19004
19005 `word-boundary'
19006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19007 word.
19008
19009 `(not word-boundary)'
19010 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19011 word.
19012
19013 `digit'
19014 matches 0 through 9.
19015
19016 `control'
19017 matches ASCII control characters.
19018
19019 `hex-digit'
19020 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19021
19022 `blank'
19023 matches space and tab only.
19024
19025 `graphic'
19026 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19027 space, and DEL.
19028
19029 `printing'
19030 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19031 and DEL.
19032
19033 `alphanumeric'
19034 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19035 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19036
19037 `letter'
19038 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19039 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19040
19041 `ascii'
19042 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19043
19044 `nonascii'
19045 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19046
19047 `lower'
19048 matches anything lower-case.
19049
19050 `upper'
19051 matches anything upper-case.
19052
19053 `punctuation'
19054 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19055 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19056
19057 `space'
19058 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19059
19060 `word'
19061 matches anything that has word syntax.
19062
19063 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19064 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19065 of the following symbols.
19066
19067 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19068 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19069 `word' (\\sw)
19070 `symbol' (\\s_)
19071 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19072 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19073 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19074 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19075 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19076 `escape' (\\s\\)
19077 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19078 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19079 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19080
19081 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19082 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19083
19084 `(category CATEGORY)'
19085 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19086 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19087
19088 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19089 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19090 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19091 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19092 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19093 `symbol' (\\c5)
19094 `digit' (\\c6)
19095 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19096 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19097 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19098 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19099 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19100 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19101 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19102 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19103 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19104 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19105 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19106 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19107 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19108 `ascii' (\\ca)
19109 `arabic' (\\cb)
19110 `chinese' (\\cc)
19111 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19112 `greek' (\\cg)
19113 `korean' (\\ch)
19114 `indian' (\\ci)
19115 `japanese' (\\cj)
19116 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19117 `latin' (\\cl)
19118 `lao' (\\co)
19119 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19120 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19121 `thai' (\\ct)
19122 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19123 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19124 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19125 `can-break' (\\c|)
19126
19127 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19128 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19129
19130 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19131 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19132
19133 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19134 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19135 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19136
19137 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19138 another name for `submatch'.
19139
19140 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19141 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19142 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19143 regular expression.
19144
19145 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19146 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19147 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19148 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19149 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19150
19151 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19152 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19153
19154 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19155 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19156
19157 `(0+ SEXP)'
19158 like `zero-or-more'.
19159
19160 `(* SEXP)'
19161 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19162
19163 `(*? SEXP)'
19164 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19165
19166 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19167 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19168
19169 `(1+ SEXP)'
19170 like `one-or-more'.
19171
19172 `(+ SEXP)'
19173 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19174
19175 `(+? SEXP)'
19176 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19177
19178 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19179 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19180
19181 `(optional SEXP)'
19182 like `zero-or-one'.
19183
19184 `(? SEXP)'
19185 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19186
19187 `(?? SEXP)'
19188 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19189
19190 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19191 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19192
19193 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19194 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19195
19196 `(eval FORM)'
19197 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19198 `regexp-quote' it.
19199
19200 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19201 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19202
19203 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19204
19205 ;;;***
19206 \f
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19208 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19210
19211 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19212 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19213 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19214
19215 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19216 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19217 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19218 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19219 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19220 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19221 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19222 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19223
19224 Commands:
19225 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19226 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19227 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19228 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19229 if that value is non-nil.
19230
19231 \(fn)" t nil)
19232
19233 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19234 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19235 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19236
19237 Commands:
19238 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19239 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19240 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19241 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19242 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19243 that variable's value is a string.
19244
19245 \(fn)" t nil)
19246
19247 ;;;***
19248 \f
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (14792 28989))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19252
19253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19254 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19256
19257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19258
19259 \(fn)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19264 ;;;;;; 59373))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19266
19267 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19268 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19269 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19270 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19271
19272 Interesting variables:
19273
19274 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19275 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19276
19277 `scribe-electric-quote'
19278 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19279
19280 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19281 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19282 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19283
19284 \(fn)" t nil)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19291
19292 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19293 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19294 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19296 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19297
19298 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19299
19300 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19301 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19302 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19303 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19304 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19305
19306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19307
19308 ;;;***
19309 \f
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19311 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19312 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19313 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19314 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19315 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16183 39073))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19317
19318 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19319 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19320
19321 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19322 king@grassland.com
19323 If `parens', they look like:
19324 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19325 If `angles', they look like:
19326 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19327 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19328 derived from the envelope-from address.
19329
19330 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19331 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19332 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19333 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19334
19335 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19336
19337 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19338 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19339 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19340 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19341
19342 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19343 privileged operation. This variable is only used if
19344 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.")
19345
19346 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19347
19348 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19349 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19350 This is done when the message is initialized,
19351 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19352
19353 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19354
19355 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19356 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19357 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19358
19359 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19360
19361 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19362 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19363
19364 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19365
19366 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19367 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19368 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19369 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19370 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19371 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19372 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19373
19374 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19375
19376 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19377 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19378
19379 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19380
19381 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19382 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19383 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19384
19385 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19386
19387 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19388 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19389 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19390 when you first send mail.")
19391
19392 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19393
19394 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19395 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19396 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19397 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19398 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19399
19400 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19401
19402 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19403 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19404 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19405 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19406 This file need not actually exist.")
19407
19408 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19409
19410 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19411 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19412 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19413 If a string, that string is inserted.
19414 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19415 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19416 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19417 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19418
19419 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19420
19421 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19422 *Directory for mail buffers.
19423 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19424 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19425
19426 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19427
19428 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19429 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19430 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19431 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19432 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19433 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19434 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19435 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19436 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19437 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19438 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19439 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19440 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19441 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19442 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19443
19444 \(fn)" t nil)
19445
19446 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19447 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19448 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19449 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19450 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19451 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19452
19453 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19454 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19455 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19456
19457 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19458 User should not set this variable manually,
19459 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19460 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19461 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19462 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19463
19464 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19465 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19466 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19467 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19468
19469 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19470 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19471
19472 \\<mail-mode-map>
19473 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19474
19475 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19476 to move to message header fields:
19477 \\{mail-mode-map}
19478
19479 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19480 when the message is initialized.
19481
19482 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19483 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19484
19485 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19486 is inserted.
19487
19488 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19489 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19490
19491 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19492 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19493
19494 The second through fifth arguments,
19495 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19496 the initial contents of those header fields.
19497 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19498 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19499 original message being replied to, or else an action
19500 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19501 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19502 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19503 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19504 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19505 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19506
19507 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19508
19509 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19510 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19511
19512 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19513
19514 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19515 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19516
19517 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19518
19519 ;;;***
19520 \f
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19522 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19524
19525 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19526 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19527 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19528 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19529 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19530 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19531
19532 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19533
19534 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19535
19536 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19537 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19538 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19540 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19541
19542 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19543
19544 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19545 Toggle Server mode.
19546 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19547 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19548 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19549
19550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19551
19552 ;;;***
19553 \f
19554 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16162 11942))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19556
19557 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19558 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19559
19560 Key definitions:
19561 \\{ses-mode-map}
19562 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19563 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19564 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19565 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19566
19567 \(fn)" t nil)
19568
19569 ;;;***
19570 \f
19571 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19572 ;;;;;; (16183 39901))
19573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19574
19575 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19576 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19577 Makes > match <.
19578 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19579 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19580
19581 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19582 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19583 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19584
19585 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19586 your `.emacs' file.
19587
19588 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19589
19590 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19591 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19592 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19593
19594 \(fn)" t nil)
19595
19596 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19597
19598 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19599 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19600 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19601 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19602 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19603 which this is based.
19604
19605 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19606
19607 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19608 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19609 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19610 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19611
19612 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19613 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19614 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19615
19616 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19617 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19618 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19619 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19620
19621 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19622 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19623 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19624 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19625
19626 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19627
19628 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19629 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19630 To work around that, do:
19631 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19632
19633 \\{html-mode-map}
19634
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19636
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19642
19643 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19644 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19645 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19646 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19647 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19648 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19649
19650 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19651 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19652 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19653 shell-specific features.
19654
19655 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19656 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19657 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19658
19659 \\[sh-case] case statement
19660 \\[sh-for] for loop
19661 \\[sh-function] function definition
19662 \\[sh-if] if statement
19663 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19664 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19665 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19666 \\[sh-select] select loop
19667 \\[sh-until] until loop
19668 \\[sh-while] while loop
19669
19670 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19671 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19672 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19673 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19674 would indent to the way it currently is.
19675 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19676 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19677
19678
19679 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19680 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19681 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19682 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19683 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19684 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19685
19686 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19687 {, (, [, ', \", `
19688 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19689
19690 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19691 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19692 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19693
19694 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19695 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19696
19697 \(fn)" t nil)
19698
19699 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19700
19701 ;;;***
19702 \f
19703 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19704 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
19705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19706
19707 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19708 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19709
19710 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19711 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19712 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19713 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19714 the earlier.
19715
19716 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19717
19718 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19719
19720 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19721 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19722 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19723
19724 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19725 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19726
19727 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19728 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19729 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19730 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19731 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19732 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19733 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19734 emacs version).
19735
19736 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19737 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19738 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19739 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19740 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19741
19742 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19743 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19744 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19745
19746 \(fn)" t nil)
19747
19748 ;;;***
19749 \f
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
19751 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16016
19752 ;;;;;; 56429))
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
19754
19755 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
19756 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
19757 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
19758 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
19759 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
19760 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
19761 in the cluster.
19762
19763 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19764
19765 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
19766 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
19767 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
19768 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
19769 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
19770
19771 \(fn)" t nil)
19772
19773 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
19774 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
19775 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
19776 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
19777 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
19778 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
19779 `shadow-define-cluster').
19780
19781 \(fn)" t nil)
19782
19783 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
19784 Set up file shadowing.
19785
19786 \(fn)" t nil)
19787
19788 ;;;***
19789 \f
19790 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
19791 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
19792 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
19793
19794 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
19795 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
19796 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
19797 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
19798 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
19799 arguments.")
19800
19801 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
19802
19803 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
19804 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
19805 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
19806 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
19807 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
19808 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
19809 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
19810 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
19811 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
19812 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
19813 discards input when it starts up.)
19814 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
19815 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
19816 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
19817
19818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19819 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19820 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19821 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
19822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19823 `default-process-coding-system'.
19824
19825 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
19826 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
19827 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
19828 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
19829
19830 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
19831
19832 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19833 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
19834
19835 ;;;***
19836 \f
19837 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997
19838 ;;;;;; 672))
19839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
19840
19841 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
19842 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
19843 \\{simula-mode-map}
19844 Variables controlling indentation style:
19845 `simula-tab-always-indent'
19846 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
19847 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19848 `simula-indent-level'
19849 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
19850 `simula-substatement-offset'
19851 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
19852 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
19853 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
19854 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
19855 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
19856 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
19857 `simula-label-offset' -4711
19858 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
19859 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
19860 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
19861 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
19862 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
19863 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
19864 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
19865 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
19866 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
19867 `simula-electric-indent' nil
19868 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
19869 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
19870 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
19871 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
19872 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
19873 or nil if they should not be changed.
19874 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
19875 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
19876 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
19877 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
19878
19879 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
19880 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
19881
19882 \(fn)" t nil)
19883
19884 ;;;***
19885 \f
19886 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
19887 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826))
19888 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
19889
19890 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
19891 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
19892
19893 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
19894 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
19895 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
19896 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
19897
19898 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
19899
19900 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
19901 Insert SKELETON.
19902 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19903 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19904 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19905 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19906 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19907
19908 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
19909 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
19910
19911 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
19912
19913 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
19914 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
19915
19916 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
19917 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
19918 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
19919 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
19920
19921 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
19922 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
19923 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
19924 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
19925
19926 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
19927 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
19928 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
19929
19930 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
19931 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
19932
19933 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
19934 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
19935
19936 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
19937 _ interesting point, interregion here
19938 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
19939 interesting point set by _
19940 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
19941 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
19942 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
19943 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
19944 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
19945 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
19946 nil skipped
19947
19948 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
19949 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
19950
19951 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
19952 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
19953 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
19954 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
19955 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
19956 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
19957 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
19958 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
19959
19960 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
19961 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
19962 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
19963 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
19964 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
19965 available:
19966
19967 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
19968 then: insert previously read string once more
19969 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
19970 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
19971 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
19972
19973 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
19974 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
19975
19976 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
19977
19978 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
19979 Insert the character you type ARG times.
19980
19981 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
19982 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
19983 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
19984 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
19985 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
19986 such as backslash.
19987
19988 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
19989 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
19990 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
19991
19992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19993
19994 ;;;***
19995 \f
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
19999
20000 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20001 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20002 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20003 buffer names.
20004
20005 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20006
20007 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20008 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20009 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20010
20011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20012
20013 ;;;***
20014 \f
20015 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20016 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20018
20019 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20020 Display textual smileys as images.
20021 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20022 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20023 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20024
20025 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20026
20027 ;;;***
20028 \f
20029 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20030 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20032
20033 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20034 Not documented
20035
20036 \(fn)" nil nil)
20037
20038 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20039 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20040
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20042
20043 ;;;***
20044 \f
20045 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20047
20048 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20049 Play the Snake game.
20050 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20051
20052 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20053
20054 Snake mode keybindings:
20055 \\<snake-mode-map>
20056 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20057 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20058 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20059 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20060 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20061 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20062 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20063
20064 \(fn)" t nil)
20065
20066 ;;;***
20067 \f
20068 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20069 ;;;;;; (15491 28594))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20071
20072 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20073 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20074 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20075 Tab indents for C code.
20076 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20078 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20079 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20080 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20081
20082 \(fn)" t nil)
20083
20084 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20085 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20086 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20087 Tab indents for C code.
20088 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20089 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20090 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20091 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20092 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20093
20094 \(fn)" t nil)
20095
20096 ;;;***
20097 \f
20098 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20099 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20100 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16174 61085))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20102
20103 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20104 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20105
20106 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20107 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20108 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20109
20110 For example, the form
20111
20112 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20113 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20114
20115 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20116
20117 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20118
20119 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20120 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20121
20122 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20123 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20124 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20125 York City.
20126
20127 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20128
20129 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20130
20131 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20132 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20133
20134 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20135 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20136 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20137 York City.
20138
20139 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20140
20141 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20142
20143 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20144 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20145 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20146 pair.
20147
20148 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20149
20150 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20151
20152 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20153 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20154 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20155
20156 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20157 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20158
20159 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20160
20161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20162
20163 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20164 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20165 Requires floating point.
20166
20167 \(fn)" nil nil)
20168
20169 ;;;***
20170 \f
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941
20172 ;;;;;; 42963))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20174
20175 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20176 Play Solitaire.
20177
20178 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20179 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20180 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20181 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20182 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20183 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20184 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20185 check after each move or undo)
20186
20187 What is Solitaire?
20188
20189 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20190 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20191 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20192
20193 Le Solitaire
20194 ============
20195
20196 o o o
20197
20198 o o o
20199
20200 o o o o o o o
20201
20202 o o o . o o o
20203
20204 o o o o o o o
20205
20206 o o o
20207
20208 o o o
20209
20210 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20211 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20212 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20213 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20214
20215 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20216 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20217 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20218 this: o o .
20219
20220 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20221 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20222
20223 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20224
20225 o o o
20226
20227 . o o
20228
20229 o o . o o o o
20230
20231 o . o o o o o
20232
20233 o o o o o o o
20234
20235 o o o
20236
20237 o o o
20238
20239 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20240
20241 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20242
20243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20244
20245 ;;;***
20246 \f
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20248 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20249 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20251
20252 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20253 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20254
20255 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20256 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20257 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20258 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20259 contiguous.
20260
20261 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20262 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20263 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20264 the sort order.
20265
20266 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20267 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20268
20269 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20270 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20271 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20272 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20273 is called.
20274
20275 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20276 It should move point to the end of the record.
20277
20278 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20279 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20280 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20281 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20282 starts at the beginning of the record.
20283
20284 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20285 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20286 same as ENDRECFUN.
20287
20288 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20289 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20290
20291 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20292
20293 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20294 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20295 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20296 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20298 the sort order.
20299
20300 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20301
20302 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20303 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20304 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20305 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20306 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20307 the sort order.
20308
20309 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20310
20311 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20312 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20313 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20314 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20315 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20316 the sort order.
20317
20318 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20319
20320 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20321 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20322 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20323 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20324 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20325 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20326 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20327 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20328 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20329
20330 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20331
20332 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20333 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20334 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20335 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20336 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20337 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20339 the sort order.
20340
20341 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20344 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20345 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20346 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20347 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20348 is to be used for sorting.
20349 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20350 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20351 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20352 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20353 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20354
20355 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20356
20357 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20358 the sort order.
20359
20360 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20361 starting with the letter \"f\",
20362 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20363
20364 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20365
20366 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20367 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20368 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20369 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20370 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20371 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20372 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20373 the sort order.
20374
20375 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20376 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20377 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20378 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20379 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20380
20381 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20384 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20385 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20386
20387 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20388
20389 ;;;***
20390 \f
20391 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20392 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957))
20393 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20394
20395 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20396
20397 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20398 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20399 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20400 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20401 supported at a time.
20402 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20403 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20404
20405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20406
20407 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20408 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20409 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20410 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20411
20412 \(fn)" t nil)
20413
20414 ;;;***
20415 \f
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20417 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 43697))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20419
20420 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20421
20422 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20423 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20424 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20425 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20426 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20427 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20428
20429 \(fn)" t nil)
20430
20431 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20432 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20433 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20434 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20435
20436 \(fn)" t nil)
20437
20438 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20439 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20440 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20441 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20442 for example, \"word\".
20443
20444 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20445
20446 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20447 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20448
20449 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20450
20451 ;;;***
20452 \f
20453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14817
20454 ;;;;;; 31868))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20456
20457 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20459
20460 \(fn)" t nil)
20461
20462 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20463 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20464
20465 \(fn)" nil nil)
20466
20467 ;;;***
20468 \f
20469 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20470 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20471 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20472 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20474
20475 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20476 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20477
20478 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20479 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20480
20481 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20482
20483 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20484 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20485 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20486
20487 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20488
20489 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20490 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20491 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20492 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20493 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20494 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20495 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20496 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20497
20498 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20499
20500 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20501 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20502 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20503 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20504
20505 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20506 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20507 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20508 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20509
20510 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20511 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20512 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20513
20514 \(fn)" t nil)
20515
20516 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20517 Major mode to edit SQL.
20518
20519 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20520 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20521 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20522
20523 \\{sql-mode-map}
20524 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20525
20526 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20527 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20528 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20529 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20530 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20531 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20532
20533 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20534 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20535
20536 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20537 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20538 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20539
20540 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20541 (lambda ()
20542 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20543
20544 \(fn)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20547 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20548
20549 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20550 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20551 `*SQL*'.
20552
20553 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20554 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20555 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20556 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20557
20558 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20559 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20560
20561 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20562 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20563 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20564 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20565 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20566 `default-process-coding-system'.
20567
20568 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20569
20570 \(fn)" t nil)
20571
20572 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20573 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20574
20575 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20576 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20577 `*SQL*'.
20578
20579 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20580 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20581 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20582 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20583
20584 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20585 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20586
20587 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20588 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20589 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20590 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20591 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20592 `default-process-coding-system'.
20593
20594 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20595
20596 \(fn)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20599 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20600
20601 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20602 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20603 `*SQL*'.
20604
20605 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20606 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20607
20608 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20609 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20610
20611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20613 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20616 `default-process-coding-system'.
20617
20618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20619
20620 \(fn)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20623 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20624
20625 SQLite is free software.
20626
20627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20629 `*SQL*'.
20630
20631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20632 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20633 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20634 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20635
20636 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20637 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20638
20639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20641 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20644 `default-process-coding-system'.
20645
20646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20647
20648 \(fn)" t nil)
20649
20650 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20651 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20652
20653 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20654
20655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20657 `*SQL*'.
20658
20659 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20660 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20661 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20662 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20663
20664 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20665 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20666
20667 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20668 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20669 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20670 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20671 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20672 `default-process-coding-system'.
20673
20674 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20675
20676 \(fn)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20679 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20680
20681 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20682 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20683 `*SQL*'.
20684
20685 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20686 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20687 defaults, if set.
20688
20689 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20690 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20691
20692 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20693 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20694 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20695 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20696 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20697 `default-process-coding-system'.
20698
20699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20700
20701 \(fn)" t nil)
20702
20703 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20704 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20705
20706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20708 `*SQL*'.
20709
20710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20711 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20712
20713 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20715
20716 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20717 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20718 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20719 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20720 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20721 `default-process-coding-system'.
20722
20723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20724
20725 \(fn)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20728 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20729
20730 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20731 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20732 `*SQL*'.
20733
20734 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20735 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20736 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20737 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20738
20739 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20740 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20741
20742 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20743 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20744 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20745 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20746 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20747 `default-process-coding-system'.
20748
20749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20750
20751 \(fn)" t nil)
20752
20753 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
20754 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
20755
20756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20758 `*SQL*'.
20759
20760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
20761 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
20762 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
20763 `sql-postgres-options'.
20764
20765 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20766 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20767
20768 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20769 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20770 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20771 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20772 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20773 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
20774 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
20775 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
20776
20777 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
20778 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
20779
20780 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20781
20782 \(fn)" t nil)
20783
20784 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
20785 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
20786
20787 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20788 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20789 `*SQL*'.
20790
20791 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
20792 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20793 defaults, if set.
20794
20795 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20796 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20797
20798 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20799 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20800 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20801 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20802 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20803 `default-process-coding-system'.
20804
20805 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20806
20807 \(fn)" t nil)
20808
20809 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
20810 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
20811
20812 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20813 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20814 `*SQL*'.
20815
20816 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
20817 automatic login.
20818
20819 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20820 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20821
20822 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
20823 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
20824 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
20825 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
20826
20827 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20828 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20829 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20830 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20831 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20832 `default-process-coding-system'.
20833
20834 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20835
20836 \(fn)" t nil)
20837
20838 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
20839 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
20840
20841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20843 `*SQL*'.
20844
20845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
20846 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
20847 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20848 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
20849 parameters.
20850
20851 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
20852 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
20853 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
20854 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
20855 an empty password.
20856
20857 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20859
20860 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
20861 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
20862
20863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20864
20865 \(fn)" t nil)
20866
20867 ;;;***
20868 \f
20869 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
20870 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
20871 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
20872 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
20873 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961
20874 ;;;;;; 24151))
20875 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
20876
20877 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
20878 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
20879 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
20880 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
20881 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
20882 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
20883
20884 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
20885
20886 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
20887 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20888 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20889 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
20890 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
20891 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
20892 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20893
20894 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20895
20896 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20897 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20898 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20899 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
20900 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
20901 then complete the stroke with button 3.
20902 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20903
20904 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20905
20906 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
20907 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20908 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20909
20910 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20913 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20914 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20915
20916 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20917
20918 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
20919 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
20920
20921 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
20922
20923 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
20924 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
20925
20926 \(fn)" t nil)
20927
20928 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
20929 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
20930
20931 \(fn)" t nil)
20932
20933 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
20934 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
20935 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
20936 chronologically by command name.
20937 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
20938
20939 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
20940
20941 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
20942 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
20943 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20945 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
20946
20947 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
20948
20949 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
20950 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
20951 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
20952 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
20953 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
20954 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
20955 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
20956
20957 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
20958 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
20959 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
20960 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
20961
20962 \\{strokes-mode-map}
20963
20964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20965
20966 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
20967 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
20968 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
20969 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
20970
20971 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20974 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
20975
20976 \(fn)" t nil)
20977
20978 ;;;***
20979 \f
20980 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
20981 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15366 772))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
20983
20984 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
20985 Studlify-case the region.
20986
20987 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
20988
20989 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
20990 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
20991
20992 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
20993
20994 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
20995 Studlify-case the current buffer.
20996
20997 \(fn)" t nil)
20998
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21002 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21004
21005 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21006 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21007 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21008 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21009 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21010 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21011 original message but it does require a few things:
21012
21013 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21014
21015 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21016 reply buffer.
21017
21018 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21019 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21020 original message.
21021
21022 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21023
21024 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21025
21026 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21027 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21028 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21029
21030 \(fn)" nil nil)
21031
21032 ;;;***
21033 \f
21034 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16162
21035 ;;;;;; 11942))
21036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21037
21038 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21039 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21040 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21041 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21042 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21043
21044 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21045
21046 ;;;***
21047 \f
21048 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21049 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21050
21051 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21052 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21053 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21054 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21055 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21056
21057 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21060 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21061 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21062 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21063 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21064 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21065 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21066
21067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21068
21069 ;;;***
21070 \f
21071 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21072 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21073 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21074 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21075 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21076 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21077 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21078 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21079 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21080 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21081 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21082 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21083 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838))
21084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21085
21086 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21087 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21088 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21089
21090 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21091
21092 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21093 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21094
21095 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21096
21097 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21098 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21099
21100 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21101
21102 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21103 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21104
21105 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21106
21107 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21108 Insert an editable text table.
21109 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21110 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21111 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21112 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21113 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21114 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21115 delimiting them.
21116
21117 Examples:
21118
21119 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21120
21121 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21122 location of point.
21123
21124 -!-
21125
21126 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21127 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21128 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21129 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21130 first cell.
21131
21132 +-----+-----+-----+
21133 |-!- | | |
21134 +-----+-----+-----+
21135
21136 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21137
21138 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21139 width, which results as
21140
21141 +--------------+-----+-----+
21142 |-!- | | |
21143 +--------------+-----+-----+
21144
21145 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21146 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21147
21148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21149 | | |-!- |
21150 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21151
21152 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21153 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21154 width information to `table-insert'.
21155
21156 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21157
21158 instead of
21159
21160 Cell width(s): 5
21161
21162 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21163 work all together.
21164
21165 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21166 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21167
21168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21169 |-!- | | |
21170 | | | |
21171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21172
21173 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21174
21175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21176 |-!- | | |
21177 | | | |
21178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21179 | | | |
21180 | | | |
21181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21182
21183 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21184
21185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21186 | | | |
21187 | | | |
21188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21189 | | | |
21190 | | | |
21191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21192 -!-
21193
21194 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21195 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21196 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21197
21198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21199 | | | |
21200 | | | |
21201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21202 | | | |
21203 | | | |
21204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21205 |-!- | | |
21206 | | | |
21207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21208
21209 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21210 results.
21211
21212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21213 | | | |
21214 | | | |
21215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21216 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21217 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21218 | | |expected results.-!- |
21219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21220 | | | |
21221 | | | |
21222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21223
21224 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21225
21226 \\{table-cell-map}
21227
21228 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21231 Insert N table row(s).
21232 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21233 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21234 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21235 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21236
21237 \(fn N)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21240 Insert N table column(s).
21241 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21242 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21243 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21244 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21245
21246 \(fn N)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21249 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21250 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21251
21252 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21255 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21256 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21257 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21258 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21259 all the table specific features.
21260
21261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21262
21263 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21264 Not documented
21265
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21269 Recognize all tables within region.
21270 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21271 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21272 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21273 specific features.
21274
21275 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21276
21277 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21278 Not documented
21279
21280 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21281
21282 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21283 Recognize a table at point.
21284 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21285 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21286 the table specific features.
21287
21288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21289
21290 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21291 Not documented
21292
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21296 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21297 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21298 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21299 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21300 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21301 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21302
21303 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21304
21305 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21306 Not documented
21307
21308 \(fn)" t nil)
21309
21310 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21311 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21312 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21313 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21314 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21315 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21316 specified.
21317
21318 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21319
21320 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21321 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21322 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21323 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21324 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21325 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21326 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21327 table structure.
21328
21329 \(fn N)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21332 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21333 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21334 table's rectangle structure.
21335
21336 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21339 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21340 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21341 table's rectangle structure.
21342
21343 \(fn N)" t nil)
21344
21345 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21346 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21347 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21348 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21349 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21350
21351 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21352
21353 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21354 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21355 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21356
21357 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21358 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21359 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21360 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21361 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21362 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21363 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21364
21365 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21366 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21367 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21368 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21369 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21370 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21371 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21372
21373 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21374 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21375 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21376 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21377 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21378 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21379 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21380 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21381
21382 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21385 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21386 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21387 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21388
21389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21392 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21393 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21394
21395 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21398 Split current cell vertically.
21399 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21400
21401 \(fn)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21404 Split current cell horizontally.
21405 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21406
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21410 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21411 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21412
21413 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21416 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21417 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21418 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21419
21420 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21423 Justify cell contents.
21424 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21425 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21426 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21427 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21428
21429 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21432 Justify cells of a row.
21433 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21434 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21435
21436 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21437
21438 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21439 Justify cells of a column.
21440 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21441 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21442
21443 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21444
21445 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21446 Toggle fixing width mode.
21447 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21448 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21449 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21450
21451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21452
21453 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21454 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21455 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21456 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21457 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21458 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21459 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21460 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21461 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21462 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21463 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21464
21465 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21468 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21469 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21470 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21471 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21472 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21473 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21474 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21475 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21476 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21477 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21478 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21479 untouched.
21480
21481 References used for this implementation:
21482
21483 HTML:
21484 http://www.w3.org
21485
21486 LaTeX:
21487 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21488
21489 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21490 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21491 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21492
21493 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21494
21495 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21496 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21497 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21498 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21499 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21500 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21501 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21502 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21503 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21504 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21505 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21506 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21507 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21508 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21509 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21510 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21511 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21512
21513 Example:
21514
21515 (progn
21516 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21517 (table-forward-cell 15)
21518 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21519 (table-forward-cell 16)
21520 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21521 (table-forward-cell 1)
21522 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21523
21524 (progn
21525 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21526 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21527 (table-forward-cell 1)
21528 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21529
21530 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21531
21532 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21533 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21534 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21535 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21536 consists from cells of same height.
21537
21538 \(fn N)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21541 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21542 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21543 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21544 column must consists from cells of same width.
21545
21546 \(fn N)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21549 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21550 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21551 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21552 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21553 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21554 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21555 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21556 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21557 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21558 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21559 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21560 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21561 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21562 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21563
21564
21565 Example 1:
21566
21567 1, 2, 3, 4
21568 5, 6, 7, 8
21569 , 9, 10
21570
21571 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21572 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21573 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21574 specified as 5.
21575
21576 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21577 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21578 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21579 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21580 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21581 | | 9 | 10 | |
21582 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21583
21584 Note:
21585
21586 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21587 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21588 of each row is optional.
21589
21590
21591 Example 2:
21592
21593 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21594 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21595 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21596 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21597 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21598
21599 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21600 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21601
21602 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21603 expression and raw delimiter regular
21604 expression, it parses the specified text
21605 area and extracts cell items from
21606 non-table text and then forms a table out
21607 of them.
21608
21609 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21610 creates a single cell table. The text in
21611 the specified region is placed in that
21612 cell.-*-
21613
21614 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21615 like this.
21616
21617 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21618 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21619 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21620 | |
21621 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21622 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21623 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21624 | area and extracts cell items from |
21625 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21626 | of them. |
21627 | |
21628 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21629 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21630 | the specified region is placed in that |
21631 | cell. |
21632 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21633
21634 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21635 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21636 independently.
21637
21638 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21639 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21640 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21641 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21642 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21643 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21644 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21645 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21646 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21647 | |of them. |
21648 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21649 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21650 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21651 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21652 | |cell. |
21653 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21654
21655 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21656 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21657 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21658
21659 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21660
21661 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21662 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21663 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21664 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21665 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21666
21667 \(fn)" t nil)
21668
21669 ;;;***
21670 \f
21671 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21673
21674 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21675 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21676
21677 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21678
21679 ;;;***
21680 \f
21681 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16205 24332))
21682 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21683
21684 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21685 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21686 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21687 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21688 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21689 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21690 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21691
21692 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21693 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21694 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21695 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21696
21697 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21698 \\{tar-mode-map}
21699
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21701
21702 ;;;***
21703 \f
21704 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21705 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21707
21708 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21709 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21710 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21711 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21714
21715 Variables controlling indentation style:
21716 `tcl-indent-level'
21717 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21718 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21719 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21720
21721 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21722 documentation for details):
21723 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21724 Controls action of TAB key.
21725 `tcl-auto-newline'
21726 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21727 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21728 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21729 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21730 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21731
21732 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
21733 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21734 already exist.
21735
21736 Commands:
21737 \\{tcl-mode-map}
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21742 Run inferior Tcl process.
21743 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21744 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21745
21746 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
21749 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
21750 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
21751
21752 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
21753
21754 ;;;***
21755 \f
21756 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963))
21757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
21758 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21759
21760 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
21761 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21762 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
21763 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
21764 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
21765 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
21766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21767
21768 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21769 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
21770
21771 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
21772 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21773 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
21774 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21775
21776 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21777
21778 ;;;***
21779 \f
21780 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16179
21781 ;;;;;; 13250))
21782 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
21783
21784 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
21785 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
21786 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
21787 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
21788 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
21789 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
21790
21791 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
21792
21793 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
21794 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21795 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
21796 commands to use in that buffer.
21797
21798 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
21799
21800 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
21801
21802 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
21803 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21804
21805 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
21806
21807 ;;;***
21808 \f
21809 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15491
21810 ;;;;;; 28591))
21811 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
21812
21813 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
21814 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
21815 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
21816 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
21817 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
21818 program as keyboard input.
21819
21820 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
21821 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
21822 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
21823 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
21824
21825 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
21826 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
21827 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
21828 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
21829 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
21830
21831 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
21832
21833 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
21834 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
21835 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
21836 terminal-redisplay-interval.
21837
21838 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
21839 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
21840 subprocess started.
21841
21842 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
21843
21844 ;;;***
21845 \f
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
21847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16162 11942))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
21849
21850 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
21851 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
21852 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
21853 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
21854 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
21855
21856 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
21857
21858 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
21859 Start coverage on function under point.
21860
21861 \(fn)" t nil)
21862
21863 ;;;***
21864 \f
21865 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954))
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
21867
21868 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
21869 Play the Tetris game.
21870 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
21871 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
21872 as to form complete rows.
21873
21874 tetris-mode keybindings:
21875 \\<tetris-mode-map>
21876 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
21877 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
21878 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
21879 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
21880 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
21881 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
21882 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
21883 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
21884
21885 \(fn)" t nil)
21886
21887 ;;;***
21888 \f
21889 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
21890 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
21891 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21892 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
21893 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
21894 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
21895 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
21896 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
21897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
21898
21899 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
21900 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
21901
21902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
21903
21904 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
21905 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
21906 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
21907 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
21908 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
21909
21910 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
21911
21912 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
21913 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
21914 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
21915 if it matches the first line of the file,
21916 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
21917
21918 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
21919
21920 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
21921 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
21922 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
21923 if the variable is non-nil.")
21924
21925 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
21926
21927 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
21928 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
21929
21930 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
21931
21932 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
21933 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
21934 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21935 See the documentation of that variable.")
21936
21937 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21938
21939 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
21940 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
21941 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21942 See the documentation of that variable.")
21943
21944 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21945
21946 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
21947 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
21948 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21949 See the documentation of that variable.")
21950
21951 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21952
21953 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
21954 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
21955 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
21956 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
21957 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21958
21959 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
21960
21961 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
21962 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
21963 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
21964 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21965
21966 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
21967
21968 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
21969 *User defined LaTeX block names.
21970 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
21971
21972 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
21973
21974 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
21975 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
21976 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21977 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21978
21979 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
21980
21981 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21982 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21983 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21984 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21985
21986 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21987
21988 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21989 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
21990 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21991 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
21992
21993 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
21994 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
21995 for example,
21996
21997 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21998 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
21999
22000 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22001 use.")
22002
22003 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22004
22005 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22006 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22007 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22008 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22009 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22010
22011 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22012
22013 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22014
22015 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22016 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22017 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22018
22019 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22020
22021 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22022 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22023 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22024 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22025 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22026
22027 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22028
22029 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22030 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22031
22032 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22033
22034 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22035 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22036
22037 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22038
22039 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22040 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22041 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22042 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22043 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22044 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22045 says which mode to use.
22046
22047 \(fn)" t nil)
22048
22049 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22050
22051 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22052
22053 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22054
22055 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22056 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22057 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22058 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22059 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22060
22061 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22062 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22063 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22064 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22065 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22066 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22067 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22068
22069 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22070 mismatched $'s or braces.
22071
22072 Special commands:
22073 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22074
22075 Mode variables:
22076 tex-run-command
22077 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22078 tex-directory
22079 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22080 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22081 tex-dvi-print-command
22082 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22083 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22084 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22085 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22086 tex-dvi-view-command
22087 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22088 tex-show-queue-command
22089 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22090 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22091
22092 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22093 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22094 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22095
22096 \(fn)" t nil)
22097
22098 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22099 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22100 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22101 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22102 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22103
22104 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22105 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22106 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22107 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22108 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22109 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22110 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22111
22112 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22113 mismatched $'s or braces.
22114
22115 Special commands:
22116 \\{latex-mode-map}
22117
22118 Mode variables:
22119 latex-run-command
22120 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22121 tex-directory
22122 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22123 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22124 tex-dvi-print-command
22125 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22126 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22127 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22128 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22129 tex-dvi-view-command
22130 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22131 tex-show-queue-command
22132 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22133 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22134
22135 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22136 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22137 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22138
22139 \(fn)" t nil)
22140
22141 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22142 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22143 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22144 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22145 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22146
22147 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22148 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22149 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22150 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22151 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22152 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22153 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22154
22155 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22156 mismatched $'s or braces.
22157
22158 Special commands:
22159 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22160
22161 Mode variables:
22162 slitex-run-command
22163 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22164 tex-directory
22165 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22166 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22167 tex-dvi-print-command
22168 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22169 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22170 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22171 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22172 tex-dvi-view-command
22173 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22174 tex-show-queue-command
22175 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22176 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22177
22178 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22179 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22180 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22181 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22182
22183 \(fn)" t nil)
22184
22185 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22186 Not documented
22187
22188 \(fn)" nil nil)
22189
22190 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22191 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22192
22193 \(fn)" t nil)
22194
22195 ;;;***
22196 \f
22197 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22198 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22200
22201 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22202 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22203 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22204 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22205
22206 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22207 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22208 Info-split to do these manually.
22209
22210 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22211
22212 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22213 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22214 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22215 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22216 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22217
22218 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22219
22220 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22221 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22222 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22223 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22224
22225 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22226 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22227 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22228 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22229
22230 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22231 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22232
22233 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22234
22235 ;;;***
22236 \f
22237 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22238 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22240
22241 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22242 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22243
22244 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22245
22246 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22247 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22248
22249 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22250
22251 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22252 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22253
22254 It has these extra commands:
22255 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22256
22257 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22258 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22259 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22260 modified version of TeX input format.
22261
22262 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22263 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22264 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22265 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22266
22267 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22268 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22269 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22270 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22271 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22272 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22273 in the Texinfo file.
22274
22275 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22276 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22277 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22278 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22279 move forward past the closing brace.
22280
22281 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22282 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22283
22284 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22285 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22286 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22287
22288 Here are the functions:
22289
22290 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22291 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22292 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22293
22294 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22295 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22296 texinfo-master-menu
22297
22298 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22299
22300 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22301 which menu descriptions are indented.
22302
22303 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22304 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22305 in the region.
22306
22307 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22308 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22309 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22310 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22311
22312 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22313 be the first node in the file.
22314
22315 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22316 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22317
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22319
22320 ;;;***
22321 \f
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
22323 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (16185 55426))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22326
22327 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22328 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22329 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22330 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22331
22332 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22333
22334 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22335 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22336
22337 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22338
22339 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22340 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22341
22342 \(fn)" t nil)
22343
22344 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22345 Not documented
22346
22347 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22348
22349 ;;;***
22350 \f
22351 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22352 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22353 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22355
22356 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22357 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22358
22359 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22360
22361 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22362 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22363 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22365 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22366
22367 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22368 a symbol as a valid THING.
22369
22370 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22371 of the textual entity that was found.
22372
22373 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22374
22375 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22376 Return the THING at point.
22377 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22379 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22380
22381 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22382 a symbol as a valid THING.
22383
22384 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22385
22386 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22387 Not documented
22388
22389 \(fn)" nil nil)
22390
22391 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22392 Not documented
22393
22394 \(fn)" nil nil)
22395
22396 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22397 Not documented
22398
22399 \(fn)" nil nil)
22400
22401 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22402 Not documented
22403
22404 \(fn)" nil nil)
22405
22406 ;;;***
22407 \f
22408 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22409 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22410 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22411 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22412 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22413 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16195 2278))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22415
22416 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22417 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22418 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22419
22420 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22421
22422 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22423 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22424
22425 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22426
22427 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22428 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22429 The returned string has no composition information.
22430
22431 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22432
22433 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22434 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22435
22436 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22437
22438 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22439 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22440
22441 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22442
22443 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22444 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22445 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22446 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22447
22448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22449
22450 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22451 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22452 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22453 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22454
22455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22456
22457 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22458 Not documented
22459
22460 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22461
22462 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22463 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22464 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22465
22466 \(fn)" t nil)
22467
22468 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22469 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22470 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22471
22472 \(fn)" t nil)
22473
22474 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22475 Not documented
22476
22477 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22478
22479 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22480 Not documented
22481
22482 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22483
22484 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22485 Not documented
22486
22487 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22488
22489 ;;;***
22490 \f
22491 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22492 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22494
22495 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22496 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22497 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22498 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22499 parameters.
22500 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22501
22502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22503
22504 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22505 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22506 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22507 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22508 parameters.
22509 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22510
22511 \(fn)" t nil)
22512
22513 ;;;***
22514 \f
22515 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22516 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 37576))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22518
22519 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22520 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22521
22522 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22523
22524 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22525 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22526 This display updates automatically every minute.
22527 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22528 are displayed as well.
22529 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22530
22531 \(fn)" t nil)
22532
22533 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22534 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22535 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22537 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22538
22539 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22540
22541 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22542 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22543 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22544
22545 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22546 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22547 are displayed as well.
22548 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22549
22550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22551
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22555 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22556 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22557 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22558 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22559
22560 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22561 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22562
22563 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22564
22565 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22566 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22567
22568 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22569
22570 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22571 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22572
22573 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22574
22575 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22576 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22577
22578 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22579
22580 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22581 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22582 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22583
22584 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22585
22586 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22587
22588 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22589 Subtract two time values.
22590 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22591
22592 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22593
22594 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22595 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22596
22597 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22598
22599 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22600 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22601 DATE should be a date-time string.
22602
22603 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22604
22605 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22606 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22607 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22608
22609 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22610
22611 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22612 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22613
22614 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22615
22616 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22617 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22618
22619 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22620
22621 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22622 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22623 TIME should be a time value.
22624 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22625
22626 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22627
22628 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22629 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22630 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22631
22632 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22633
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22637 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22639
22640 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22641 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22642 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22643 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22644 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22645 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22646 look like one of the following:
22647 Time-stamp: <>
22648 Time-stamp: \" \"
22649 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22650 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22651 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22652 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22653 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22654 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22655 template.
22656
22657 \(fn)" t nil)
22658
22659 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22660 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22661 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22662
22663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22664
22665 ;;;***
22666 \f
22667 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22668 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22669 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22670 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22671 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22673
22674 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22675 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22676 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22677 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22678 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22679 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22680 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22681 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22682 display (non-nil means on).
22683
22684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22685
22686 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22687 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22688 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22689 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22690 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22691 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22692 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22693 this function is called within a day.
22694
22695 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22696 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22697 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22698 discover the name of the project.
22699
22700 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22701
22702 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22703 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22704 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22705 begun during the last time segment.
22706
22707 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22708 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22709 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22710 discover the reason.
22711
22712 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22713
22714 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22715 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22716 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
22717 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
22718 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
22719
22720 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22721
22722 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22723 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22724 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22725 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22726 project you were working on.
22727
22728 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22729
22730 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22731 Ask the user before clocking out.
22732 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
22733
22734 \(fn)" nil nil)
22735
22736 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22737 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22738 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
22739
22740 \(fn)" t nil)
22741
22742 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
22743 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
22744 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
22745 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
22746 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
22747 \"relative to today\".
22748
22749 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22750
22751 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
22752 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
22753 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
22754 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
22755
22756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
22757
22758 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
22759 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
22760 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
22761 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
22762 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
22763 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
22764
22765 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22766
22767 ;;;***
22768 \f
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
22770 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
22771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
22773
22774 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
22775
22776 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
22777 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
22778
22779 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
22780
22781 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
22782 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
22783
22784 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
22785
22786 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
22787 Perform an action at time TIME.
22788 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22789 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
22790 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
22791 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
22792 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
22793 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22794
22795 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22796
22797 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22798
22799 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
22800 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
22801 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22802 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
22803 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22804
22805 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22806
22807 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22808
22809 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
22810 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
22811 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
22812 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
22813
22814 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
22815
22816 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
22817 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
22818 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22819 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
22820
22821 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
22822 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
22823
22824 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22825
22826 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22827 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22828
22829 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
22830 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
22831 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
22832 The call should look like:
22833 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
22834 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
22835 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
22836 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
22837 be detected.
22838
22839 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
22844 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16183 29727))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
22846
22847 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22848 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
22849 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
22850 the generated Quail package is saved.
22851
22852 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
22853
22854 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22855 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
22856 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
22857 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
22858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
22859 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
22860 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
22861
22862 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
22863
22864 ;;;***
22865 \f
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
22867 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16194 56852))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
22869
22870 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
22871 Not documented
22872
22873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22874
22875 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
22876 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
22877 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
22878 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
22879
22880 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22881
22882 ;;;***
22883 \f
22884 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
22885 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 10300))
22886 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
22887 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
22888 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
22889 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
22890
22891 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
22892 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22893 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22894 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
22895 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
22896
22897 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
22898
22899 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
22900 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22901 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
22902 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
22903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22904
22905 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
22906
22907 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
22908 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
22909 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
22910 in the menu in two ways:
22911 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
22912 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
22913 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
22914
22915 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
22916 keymap or an alist of alists.
22917 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
22918 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
22919
22920 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
22921
22922 ;;;***
22923 \f
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
22925 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
22926 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 53844))
22927 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
22928
22929 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
22930 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
22931
22932 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
22933
22934 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
22935 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
22936
22937 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
22938
22939 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
22940 Insert new TODO list entry.
22941 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
22942 category.
22943
22944 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22945
22946 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
22947 List top priorities for each category.
22948
22949 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
22950 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
22951
22952 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
22953 between each category.
22954
22955 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22956
22957 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
22958 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
22959 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
22960 between each category.
22961
22962 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
22963
22964 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22965
22966 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
22967 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
22968
22969 \\{todo-mode-map}
22970
22971 \(fn)" t nil)
22972
22973 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
22974 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
22975
22976 \(fn)" nil nil)
22977
22978 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
22979 Show TODO list.
22980
22981 \(fn)" t nil)
22982
22983 ;;;***
22984 \f
22985 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
22986 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
22987 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
22989
22990 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
22991 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
22992 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22994 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
22997
22998 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
22999 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23000 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23001
23002 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23003 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23004
23005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23006
23007 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23008
23009 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23010 Add an item to the tool bar.
23011 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23012 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23013 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23014 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23015
23016 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23017 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23018 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23019
23020 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23021 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23022
23023 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23024
23025 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23026 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23027 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23028 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23029 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23030 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23031
23032 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23033 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23034 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23035
23036 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23037
23038 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23039 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23040 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23041 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23042 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23043 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23044 properties to add to the binding.
23045
23046 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23047
23048 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23049 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23050
23051 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23052
23053 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23054 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23055 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23056 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23057 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23058 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23059 properties to add to the binding.
23060
23061 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23062
23063 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23064
23065 ;;;***
23066 \f
23067 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23068 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23070
23071 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23072 Mode for tooltip display.
23073 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23074
23075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23076
23077 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23078 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23080 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23081
23082 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23083
23084 ;;;***
23085 \f
23086 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678
23087 ;;;;;; 51469))
23088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23089
23090 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23091
23092 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23093
23094 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23095 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23096
23097 \(fn)" t nil)
23098
23099 ;;;***
23100 \f
23101 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23102 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15188 565))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23104
23105 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23106 Set scroll margins.
23107
23108 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23109
23110 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23111 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23112
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23114
23115 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23116 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23117
23118 \(fn)" t nil)
23119
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23124
23125 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23126 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23127 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23128 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23129 to a tcp server on another machine.
23130
23131 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23132
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23136 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23138
23139 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23140 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23141
23142 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23143
23144 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23145 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23146 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23147 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23148 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23149 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23150 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23151 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23152
23153 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23154
23155 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23156 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23157 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23158 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23159 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23160 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23161 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23162
23163 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23164
23165 ;;;***
23166 \f
23167 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23168 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23169 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16162 11943))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23171
23172 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23173 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23174 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23175
23176 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23177 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23178 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23179 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23180
23181 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23182 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23183 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23184 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23185
23186 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23187 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23188 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23189 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23190 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23191 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23192 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23193 files which are not really tramp files.
23194
23195 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23196 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23197 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23198 updated after changing this variable.
23199
23200 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23201
23202 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23203
23204 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23205 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23206 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23207 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23208
23209 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23210 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23211 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23212 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23213
23214 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23215 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23216 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23217
23218 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23219 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23220 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23221 updated after changing this variable.
23222
23223 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23224
23225 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23226
23227 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23228 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23229 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23230
23231 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23232
23233 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23234
23235 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23236 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23237 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23238
23239 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23240
23241 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23242
23243 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23244
23245 ;;;***
23246 \f
23247 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23248 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16162 11944))
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23250 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23251 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23252 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23253
23254 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23255 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23256 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23257 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23258 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23259 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23260 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23261
23262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23263
23264 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23265 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23266 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23267 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23268
23269 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23270
23271 \(fn)" t nil)
23272
23273 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23274 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23275 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23276 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23277 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23278 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23279 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23280
23281 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23282 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23283
23284 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23285 \\___/\\
23286 / \\
23287 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23288
23289 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23290
23291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23292
23293 ;;;***
23294 \f
23295 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23296 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23297 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23298 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826))
23299 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23300
23301 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23302 Toggle typing break mode.
23303 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23305 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23306
23307 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23308
23309 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23310 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23311
23312 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23313
23314 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23315 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23316
23317 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23318 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23319 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23320
23321 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23322 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23323
23324 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23325
23326 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23327 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23328 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23329
23330 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23331 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23332 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23333 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23334 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23335 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23336
23337 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23338 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23339 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23340 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23341
23342 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23343 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23344
23345 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23346 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23347
23348 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23349
23350 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23351 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23352 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23353
23354 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23355 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23356 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23357 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23358 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23359 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23360 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23361
23362 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23363 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23364
23365 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23366 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23367 reset the keystroke counter.
23368
23369 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23370 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23371 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23372 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23373
23374 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23375 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23376 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23377 `type-break-schedule' command.
23378
23379 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23380 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23381 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23382 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23383 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23384 or not to continue.
23385
23386 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23387 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23388 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23389 approximate good values for this.
23390
23391 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23392 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23393
23394 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23395 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23396 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23397 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23398 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23399 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23400
23401 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23402 a typing break occur. They include:
23403
23404 `type-break-query-mode'
23405 `type-break-query-function'
23406 `type-break-query-interval'
23407
23408 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23409
23410 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23411
23412 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23413 Take a typing break.
23414
23415 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23416 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23417
23418 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23419 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23420
23421 \(fn)" t nil)
23422
23423 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23424 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23425 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23426 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23427
23428 \(fn)" t nil)
23429
23430 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23431 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23432
23433 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23434 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23435 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23436 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23437 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23438 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23439 average typing speed.)
23440
23441 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23442 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23443 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23444 the computed maximum threshold.
23445
23446 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23447 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23448 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23449 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23450 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23451
23452 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23453
23454 ;;;***
23455 \f
23456 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23457 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 43697))
23458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23459
23460 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23461 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23462 Works by overstriking underscores.
23463 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23464 which specify the range to operate on.
23465
23466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23467
23468 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23469 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23470 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23471 which specify the range to operate on.
23472
23473 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23474
23475 ;;;***
23476 \f
23477 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23478 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154))
23479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23480
23481 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23482 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23483 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23484
23485 \(fn)" t nil)
23486
23487 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23488 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23489 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23490 following the containing message.
23491
23492 \(fn)" t nil)
23493
23494 ;;;***
23495 \f
23496 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23497 ;;;;;; (15764 7537))
23498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23499
23500 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23501 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23502 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23503 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23504 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23505 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23506
23507 \(fn)" nil nil)
23508
23509 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23510 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23511
23512 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23513
23514 ;;;***
23515 \f
23516 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16162
23517 ;;;;;; 11942))
23518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23519
23520 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23521 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23522 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23523 of symbols with local bindings.
23524
23525 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23526
23527 ;;;***
23528 \f
23529 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23530 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23532
23533 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23534 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23535 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23536 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23537 to refrain from editing the file
23538 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23539 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23540 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23541 in any way you like.
23542
23543 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23544
23545 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23546 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23547 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23548 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23549 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23550
23551 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23552 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23553
23554 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23555
23556 ;;;***
23557 \f
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23559 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 43690))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23561
23562 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23563 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23564 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23565 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23566
23567 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23568
23569 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23570 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23571 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23572
23573 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23574
23575 ;;;***
23576 \f
23577 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23578 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23579 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23580 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23581 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23582 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23583 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084))
23584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23585
23586 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23587 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23588 See `run-hooks'.")
23589
23590 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23591
23592 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23593 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23594 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23595
23596 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23597
23598 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23599 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23600 See `run-hooks'.")
23601
23602 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23603
23604 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23605 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23606
23607 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23608
23609 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23610 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23611 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23612 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23613 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23614 somebody else, signal error.
23615
23616 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23617
23618 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23619 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23620 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23621 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23622 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23623
23624 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23625
23626 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23627 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23628 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23629 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23630 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23631 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23632 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23633 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23634 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23635 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23636 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23637
23638 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23639
23640 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23641 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23642
23643 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23644 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23645
23646 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23647 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23648 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23649 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23650 lock steals will raise an error.
23651
23652 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23653
23654 For RCS and SCCS files:
23655 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23656 control.
23657 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23658 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23659 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23660 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23661 it performs a revert.
23662 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23663 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23664 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23665 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23666 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23667 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23668 the option to steal the lock.
23669
23670 For CVS files:
23671 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23672 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23673 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23674 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23675 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23676 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23677 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23678 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23679 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23680
23681 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23682
23683 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23684 Register the current file into a version control system.
23685 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23686 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23687
23688 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23689 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23690 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23691 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23692 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23693 first backend that could register the file is used.
23694
23695 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23696
23697 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23698 Display diffs between file versions.
23699 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23700 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23701 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23702 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23703 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23704 saving the buffer.
23705
23706 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23707
23708 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23709 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23710 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23711 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23712
23713 \(fn REV)" t nil)
23714
23715 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23716 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23717 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23718 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23719
23720 \(fn)" t nil)
23721
23722 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23723 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23724 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23725 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23726 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23727 from the current branch.
23728
23729 See Info node `Merging'.
23730
23731 \(fn)" t nil)
23732
23733 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23734
23735 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23736 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
23737
23738 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
23739
23740 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
23741 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
23742
23743 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
23744
23745 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
23746 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
23747 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
23748 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
23749 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
23750 are checked out in that new branch.
23751
23752 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
23753
23754 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
23755 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
23756 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
23757 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
23758 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
23759 allowed and simply skipped).
23760
23761 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
23762
23763 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
23764 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
23765
23766 \(fn)" t nil)
23767
23768 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
23769 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
23770 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
23771 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
23772 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
23773
23774 \(fn)" t nil)
23775
23776 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
23777 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
23778 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
23779 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
23780 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
23781 the current branch are merged into the working file.
23782
23783 \(fn)" t nil)
23784
23785 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
23786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
23787 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
23788
23789 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
23790
23791 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
23792 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
23793 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
23794 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
23795 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
23796 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
23797 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
23798
23799 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
23800
23801 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
23802 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
23803 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
23804 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
23805 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
23806 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
23807 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
23808 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
23809 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
23810
23811 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
23812
23813 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
23814 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
23815
23816 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
23817
23818 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
23819 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
23820 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
23821 directory.
23822
23823 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
23824
23825 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
23826 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
23827 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
23828
23829 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
23830 log entries should be gathered.
23831
23832 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23833
23834 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
23835 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
23836
23837 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
23838 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
23839 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
23840 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
23841 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
23842 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23843
23844 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
23845 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
23846 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
23847 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
23848 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
23849 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
23850 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
23851 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23852
23853 Customization variables:
23854
23855 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
23856 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
23857 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
23858 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
23859
23860 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16136 53054))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
23866 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
23867 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23868 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23869 (load "vc-cvs")
23870 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
23871
23872 ;;;***
23873 \f
23874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
23876 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
23877 (let ((dir file))
23878 (while (and (stringp dir)
23879 (not (equal
23880 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
23881 dir)
23882 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
23883 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
23884 t (directory-file-name dir))))
23885 (if (eq dir t)
23886 (progn
23887 (load "vc-mcvs")
23888 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
23889
23890 ;;;***
23891 \f
23892 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
23893 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
23895
23896 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
23897 *Where to look for RCS master files.
23898 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23899
23900 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
23901 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
23902
23903 ;;;***
23904 \f
23905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
23906 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
23907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
23908
23909 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
23910 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
23911 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
23914 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
23915
23916 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
23917 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
23918 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
23919 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
23920
23921 ;;;***
23922 \f
23923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16162 11942))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
23925 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
23926 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23927 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23928 (load "vc-svn")
23929 (vc-svn-registered f)))
23930
23931 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
23932
23933 ;;;***
23934 \f
23935 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
23936 ;;;;;; (15997 673))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
23938
23939 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
23940 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
23941
23942 Usage:
23943 ------
23944
23945 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
23946 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
23947 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
23948 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
23949 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
23950 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
23951 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
23952 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
23953 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
23954
23955 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
23956 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
23957 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
23958 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
23959
23960 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
23961 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
23962 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
23963 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
23964 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
23965
23966 Template styles can be customized in customization group
23967 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
23968
23969
23970 HEADER INSERTION:
23971 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
23972 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
23973 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
23974
23975
23976 STUTTERING:
23977 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
23978 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
23979 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
23980 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
23981
23982 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
23983 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
23984 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
23985 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
23986 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
23987
23988
23989 WORD COMPLETION:
23990 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
23991 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
23992 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
23993 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
23994
23995 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
23996 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
23997 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
23998 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
23999 beginning with \"std\").
24000
24001 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24002 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24003 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24004 stop.
24005
24006
24007 COMMENTS:
24008 `--' puts a single comment.
24009 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24010 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24011 with a comment in between.
24012 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24013 out following lines.
24014 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24015 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24016
24017 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24018 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24019 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24020 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24021 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24022 non-nil.
24023
24024 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24025 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24026 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24027 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24028 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24029 multi-line comments.
24030
24031
24032 INDENTATION:
24033 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24034 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24035 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24036 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24037
24038 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24039 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24040 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24041 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24042
24043 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24044 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24045 and vice versa.
24046
24047 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24048 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24049
24050
24051 ALIGNMENT:
24052 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24053 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24054 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24055 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24056 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24057 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24058 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24059 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24060
24061 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24062 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24063 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24064 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24065 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24066 is non-nil.
24067
24068 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24069 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24070 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24071
24072 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24073 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24074
24075
24076 | CODE FILLING:
24077 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24078 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24079 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24080 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24081 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24082 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24083
24084
24085 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24086 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24087 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24088 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24089 command:
24090
24091 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24092
24093
24094 PORT TRANSLATION:
24095 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24096 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24097 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24098 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24099 internal signal initializations (menu).
24100
24101 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24102 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24103 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24104
24105 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24106 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24107 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24108 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24109 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24110 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24111
24112 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24113 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24114 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24115
24116
24117 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24118 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24119 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24120 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24121 | association list with formals).
24122
24123
24124 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24125 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24126 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24127 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24128 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24129 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24130 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24131 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24132 `vhdl-testbench'.
24133
24134
24135 KEY BINDINGS:
24136 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24137
24138
24139 VHDL MENU:
24140 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24141
24142
24143 FILE BROWSER:
24144 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24145 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24146 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24147
24148 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24149 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24150
24151
24152 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24153 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24154 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24155 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24156
24157 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24158 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24159 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24160
24161 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24162 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24163 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24164 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24165
24166 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24167 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24168 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24169 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24170 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24171
24172 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24173 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24174 required by secondary units.
24175
24176
24177 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24178 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24179 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24180 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24181 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24182 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24183 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24184 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24185 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24186 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24187 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24188 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24189 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24190 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24191 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24192 |
24193 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24194 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24195 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24196 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24197 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24198 |
24199 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24200 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24201 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24202 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24203 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24204 |
24205 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24206 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24207 |
24208 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24209
24210
24211 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24212 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24213 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24214 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24215 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24216 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24217 information. New compilers can be added.
24218
24219 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24220 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24221
24222
24223 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24224 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24225 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24226 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24227 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24228
24229 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24230 command:
24231
24232 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24233 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24234 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24235
24236 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24237 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24238 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24239 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24240 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24241 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24242 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24243
24244 Limitations:
24245 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24246 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24247 not (yet) supported.
24248 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24249 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24250 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24251
24252
24253 PROJECTS:
24254 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24255 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24256 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24257 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24258 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24259 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24260 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24261 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24262
24263 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24264 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24265 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24266 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24267 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24268 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24269 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24270 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24271 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24272 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24273 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24274
24275
24276 SPECIAL MENUES:
24277 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24278 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24279 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24280 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24281 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24282 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24283 current directory for VHDL source files.
24284
24285
24286 VHDL STANDARDS:
24287 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24288 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24289
24290
24291 KEYWORD CASE:
24292 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24293 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24294 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24295 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24296 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24297 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24298 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24299 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24300
24301
24302 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24303 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24304 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24305 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24306 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24307 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24308 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24309
24310 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24311 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24312 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24313 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24314 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24315 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24316
24317 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24318 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24319 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24320 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24321 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24322 visually.
24323
24324 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24325 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24326 highlighted if written in lower case.
24327
24328 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24329 highlighted using a different background color if option
24330 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24331
24332 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24333 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24334 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24335 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24336 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24337
24338
24339 USER MODELS:
24340 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24341 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24342 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24343
24344
24345 HIDE/SHOW:
24346 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24347 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24348 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24349 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24350 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24351
24352
24353 CODE UPDATING:
24354 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24355 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24356 Limitations:
24357 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24358 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24359 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24360 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24361 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24362 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24363 (used to obtain the port names).
24364
24365
24366 CODE FIXING:
24367 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24368 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24369
24370
24371 PRINTING:
24372 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24373 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24374 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24375 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24376 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24377 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24378 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24379 printers.
24380
24381
24382 OPTIONS:
24383 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24384 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24385 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24386 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24387 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24388
24389 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24390 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24391 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24392 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24393 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24394 INSTALL file).
24395
24396 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24397 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24398
24399
24400 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24401 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24402 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24403 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24404
24405 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24406
24407
24408 HINTS:
24409 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24410 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24411
24412 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24413
24414 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24415
24416 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24417
24418
24419 RELEASE NOTES:
24420 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24421
24422
24423 Maintenance:
24424 ------------
24425
24426 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24427 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24428
24429 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24430
24431 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24432 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24433 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24434 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24435
24436 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24437 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24438 where the latest version can be found.
24439
24440
24441 Known problems:
24442 ---------------
24443
24444 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24445 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24446 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24447
24448
24449 The VHDL Mode Authors
24450 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24451
24452 Key bindings:
24453 -------------
24454
24455 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24456
24457 \(fn)" t nil)
24458
24459 ;;;***
24460 \f
24461 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958))
24462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24463
24464 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24465 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24466 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24467 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24468
24469 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24470 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24471 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24472 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24473 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24474
24475 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24476 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24477
24478 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24479
24480 * Limitations and unsupported features
24481 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24482 not supported.
24483 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24484 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24485
24486 * Modifications
24487 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24488 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24489 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24490 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24491 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24492 for undoing a repeated change command.
24493 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24494 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24495 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24496
24497 * Extensions
24498 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24499 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24500 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24501 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24502 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24503 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24504 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24505 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24506
24507 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24508
24509 \(fn)" t nil)
24510
24511 ;;;***
24512 \f
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24514 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24515 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24516 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16183 38637))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24518
24519 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24520 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24521
24522 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24523
24524 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24525 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24526 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24527 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24528
24529 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24530
24531 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24532 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24533
24534 \(fn)" t nil)
24535
24536 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24537 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24538 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24539 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24540
24541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24542
24543 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24544 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24545
24546 \(fn)" t nil)
24547
24548 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24549 Not documented
24550
24551 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24552
24553 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24554 Not documented
24555
24556 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24557
24558 ;;;***
24559 \f
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24561 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24562 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16142
24563 ;;;;;; 9350))
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24565
24566 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24567 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24568 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24569 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24570
24571 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24572
24573 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24574 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24575 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24576 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24577 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24578 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24580
24581 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24582
24583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24584
24585 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24586 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24587 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24588 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24589 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24590 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24591 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24592 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24593
24594 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24595
24596 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24597
24598 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24599 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24600 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24601 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24602 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24603 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24604 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24605 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24606
24607 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24608
24609 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24610
24611 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24612 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24613 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24614 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24615 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24616 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24617 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24618
24619 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24620
24621 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24622 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24623 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24624
24625 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24626
24627 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24628 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24629 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24630 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24631 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24632 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24633 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24634 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24635
24636 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24637
24638 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24639 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24640 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24641
24642 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24643
24644 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24645 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24646 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24647 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24648 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24649 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24650 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24651 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24652
24653 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24654
24655 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24656 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24657 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24658
24659 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24660
24661 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24662 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24663 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24664
24665 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24666 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24667 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24668 read-only.
24669 \\<view-mode-map>
24670 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24671 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24672 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24673 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24674 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24675
24676 H, h, ? This message.
24677 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24678 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24679 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24680 > move to the end of buffer.
24681 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24682 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24683 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24684 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24685 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24686 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24687 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24688 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24689 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
24690 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24691 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
24692 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
24693 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
24694 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
24695 Use this to view a changing file.
24696 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
24697 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
24698 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
24699 . set the mark.
24700 x exchanges point and mark.
24701 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
24702 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
24703 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
24704 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
24705 ' go to position saved in character register.
24706 s do forward incremental search.
24707 r do reverse incremental search.
24708 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
24709 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
24710 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
24711 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
24712 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
24713 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
24714 p searches backward for last regular expression.
24715 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
24716 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
24717 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
24718 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
24719 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
24720 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
24721 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
24722 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
24723 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
24724 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
24725
24726 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
24727 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
24728 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
24729 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
24730 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
24731 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
24732 will return to that buffer.
24733
24734 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24735
24736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24737
24738 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
24739 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
24740 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
24741 `view-return-to-alist'.
24742 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
24743 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
24744 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
24745
24746 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
24747 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
24748 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
24749 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
24750 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
24751 1) nil Do nothing.
24752 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
24753 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
24754 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
24755 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
24756
24757 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24758
24759 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24760
24761 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
24762
24763 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
24764 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
24765
24766 \(fn)" t nil)
24767
24768 ;;;***
24769 \f
24770 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
24771 ;;;;;; 41830))
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
24773
24774 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
24775 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
24776
24777 \(fn)" nil nil)
24778
24779 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
24780 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
24781
24782 \(fn)" t nil)
24783
24784 ;;;***
24785 \f
24786 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
24787 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
24788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
24789
24790 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
24791 Toggle Viper on/off.
24792 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
24793
24794 \(fn)" t nil)
24795
24796 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
24797 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
24798
24799 \(fn)" t nil)
24800
24801 ;;;***
24802 \f
24803 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
24804 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
24806
24807 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
24808 Function to generate warning prefixes.
24809 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
24810 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
24811 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
24812 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
24813 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
24814 the beginning of the warning.")
24815
24816 (defvar warning-series nil "\
24817 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
24818 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
24819 which is the start of the current series; it means that
24820 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
24821 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
24822 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
24823 also call that function before the next warning.")
24824
24825 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
24826 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
24827
24828 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
24829 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
24830 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
24831 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
24832
24833 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
24834 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
24835 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
24836 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24837 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
24838 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
24839
24840 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24841 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24842 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24843 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
24844 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
24845 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
24846 :debug -- info for debugging only.
24847
24848 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
24849 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
24850
24851 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
24852
24853 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
24854 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
24855
24856 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
24857
24858 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
24859 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24860 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24861 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
24862
24863 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
24864 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24865 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
24866 can be whatever you like.)
24867
24868 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24869 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24870 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24871 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
24872 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
24873
24874 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24875
24876 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
24877 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24878 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24879 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
24880 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
24881
24882 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24883
24884 ;;;***
24885 \f
24886 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963))
24887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
24888
24889 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
24890 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
24891
24892 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
24893 hotlist.
24894
24895 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
24896 <nwv@acm.org>.
24897
24898 \(fn)" t nil)
24899
24900 ;;;***
24901 \f
24902 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
24903 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
24905 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
24906 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
24907
24908 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
24909
24910 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
24911 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
24912 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24914 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
24915
24916 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
24917
24918 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
24919 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
24920 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
24921 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
24922
24923 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
24924 and off otherwise.
24925
24926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24927
24928 ;;;***
24929 \f
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
24931 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
24932 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
24933 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
24934 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
24935 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
24937
24938 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
24939 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
24940
24941 \(fn)" t nil)
24942
24943 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
24944 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
24945
24946 \(fn)" t nil)
24947
24948 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
24949 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
24950
24951 \(fn)" t nil)
24952
24953 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
24954 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
24955
24956 \(fn)" t nil)
24957
24958 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
24959 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
24960
24961 \(fn)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
24964 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
24965 These are:
24966 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
24967 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
24968 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
24969 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
24970 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
24971
24972 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
24973 and:
24974 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
24975 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
24976
24977 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24978
24979 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
24980 Check the region for whitespace errors.
24981
24982 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24983
24984 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
24985 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
24986
24987 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
24988 whitespace problems.
24989
24990 \(fn)" t nil)
24991
24992 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
24993 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
24994
24995 \(fn S E)" t nil)
24996
24997 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
24998 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
24999 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25001 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25002
25003 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25004
25005 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25006 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25007 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25008
25009 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25010 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25011
25012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25013
25014 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25015 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25016 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25017
25018 \(fn)" t nil)
25019
25020 ;;;***
25021 \f
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25023 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25025
25026 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25027 Browse the widget under point.
25028
25029 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25030
25031 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25032 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25033
25034 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25035
25036 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25037 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25038
25039 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25040
25041 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25042 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25043 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25044
25045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25046
25047 ;;;***
25048 \f
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25050 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16179
25051 ;;;;;; 14095))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25053
25054 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25055 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25056
25057 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25058
25059 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25060 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25061 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25062
25063 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25064
25065 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25066 Create widget of TYPE.
25067 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25068
25069 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25070
25071 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25072 Delete WIDGET.
25073
25074 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25075
25076 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25077 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25078
25079 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25080
25081 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25082 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25083 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25084
25085 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25086 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25087
25088 \(fn)" nil nil)
25089
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25093 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25094 ;;;;;; 41826))
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25096
25097 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25098 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25099 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25100 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25101 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25102 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25103 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25104
25105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25106
25107 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25108 Select the window above the current one.
25109 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25110 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25111 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25112 negative ARG) of the current window.
25113 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25114
25115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25116
25117 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25118 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25119 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25120 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25121 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25122 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25123 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25124
25125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25126
25127 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25128 Select the window below the current one.
25129 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25130 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25131 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25132 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25133 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25134
25135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25136
25137 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25138 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25139 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25140 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25141
25142 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25143
25144 ;;;***
25145 \f
25146 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25147 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
25148 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25149
25150 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25151 Toggle winner-mode.
25152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25153 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25154
25155 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25156
25157 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25158 Toggle Winner mode.
25159 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25160
25161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25162
25163 ;;;***
25164 \f
25165 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25166 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16012 41365))
25167 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25168
25169 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25170 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25171 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25172 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25173 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25174 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25175 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25176 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25177
25178 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25179 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25180
25181 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25182
25183 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25184 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25185
25186 \(fn)" t nil)
25187
25188 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25189 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25190 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25191 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25192 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25193 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25194 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25195 `woman' command for further details.
25196
25197 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25198
25199 ;;;***
25200 \f
25201 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25202 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25204
25205 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25206 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25207
25208 BUGS:
25209 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25210 are not implemented
25211 - Options for search and replace
25212 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25213 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25214
25215 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25216 Emacs-like.
25217
25218 The key bindings are:
25219
25220 C-a backward-word
25221 C-b fill-paragraph
25222 C-c scroll-up-line
25223 C-d forward-char
25224 C-e previous-line
25225 C-f forward-word
25226 C-g delete-char
25227 C-h backward-char
25228 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25229 C-j help-for-help
25230 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25231 C-l ws-repeat-search
25232 C-n open-line
25233 C-p quoted-insert
25234 C-r scroll-down-line
25235 C-s backward-char
25236 C-t kill-word
25237 C-u keyboard-quit
25238 C-v overwrite-mode
25239 C-w scroll-down
25240 C-x next-line
25241 C-y kill-complete-line
25242 C-z scroll-up
25243
25244 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25245 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25246 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25247 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25248 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25249 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25250 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25251 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25252 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25253 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25254 C-k b ws-begin-block
25255 C-k c ws-copy-block
25256 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25257 C-k f find-file
25258 C-k h ws-show-markers
25259 C-k i ws-indent-block
25260 C-k k ws-end-block
25261 C-k p ws-print-block
25262 C-k q kill-emacs
25263 C-k r insert-file
25264 C-k s save-some-buffers
25265 C-k t ws-mark-word
25266 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25267 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25268 C-k v ws-move-block
25269 C-k w ws-write-block
25270 C-k x kill-emacs
25271 C-k y ws-delete-block
25272
25273 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25274 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25275 C-o j justify-current-line
25276 C-o k kill-buffer
25277 C-o l list-buffers
25278 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25279 C-o r set-fill-column
25280 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25281 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25282 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25283 C-o wo other-window
25284 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25285
25286 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25287 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25288 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25289 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25290 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25291 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25292 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25293 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25294 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25295 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25296 C-q a ws-query-replace
25297 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25298 C-q c end-of-buffer
25299 C-q d end-of-line
25300 C-q f ws-search
25301 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25302 C-q l ws-undo
25303 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25304 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25305 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25306 C-q w ws-last-error
25307 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25308 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25309
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25311
25312 ;;;***
25313 \f
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25315 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25317
25318 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25319 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25320 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25321 Returns the top node with all its children.
25322 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25323 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25324
25325 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25326
25327 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25328 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25329 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25330 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25331 is not well-formed XML.
25332 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25333 and returned as the first element of the list.
25334 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25335
25336 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25337
25338 ;;;***
25339 \f
25340 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025
25341 ;;;;;; 36883))
25342 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25343
25344 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25345 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25346 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25348 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25349
25350 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25351
25352 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25353 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25354 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25355
25356 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25357
25358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25359
25360 ;;;***
25361 \f
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25363 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15407 8860))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25365
25366 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25367 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25368
25369 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25370
25371 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25372 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25373
25374 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25375
25376 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25377 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25378 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25379
25380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25381
25382 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25383 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25384
25385 \(fn)" t nil)
25386
25387 ;;;***
25388 \f
25389 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471))
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25391
25392 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25393 Zone out, completely.
25394
25395 \(fn)" t nil)
25396
25397 ;;;***
25398 \f
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25400 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963))
25401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25402
25403 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25404 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25405
25406 \(fn)" t nil)
25407
25408 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25409 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25410
25411 Zone-mode does two things:
25412
25413 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25414 when saving the file
25415
25416 - fontification
25417
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25419
25420 ;;;***
25421 \f
25422 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25423 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25424 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25425 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25426 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25429 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25430 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25431 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25432 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25433 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25434 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25435 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25436 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25437 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25438 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25439 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25440 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25441 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "composite.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
25442 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
25443 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
25444 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25445 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25446 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25448 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25450 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25452 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25453 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25454 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25455 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25456 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25457 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25458 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25459 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25460 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25461 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25462 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25463 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25464 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25465 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25466 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25467 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25468 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25469 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25470 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25471 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25472 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25473 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25474 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25475 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25476 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25477 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25478 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25479 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25480 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25481 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25482 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25483 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25484 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25485 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25486 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25487 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25488 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25489 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25490 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25491 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25492 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25493 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
25494 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
25495 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/utf-7.el" "isearch.el"
25496 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25497 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25498 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25499 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25500 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25501 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25502 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25503 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25504 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25505 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25506 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25507 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25508 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25509 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25510 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25511 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25512 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25513 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25514 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25515 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25516 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25517 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25518 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25519 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25520 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25521 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25522 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
25523 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
25524 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
25525 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el"
25526 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
25527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
25528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
25529 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
25530 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
25531 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
25532 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
25533 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
25534 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
25535 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
25536 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
25537 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
25538 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
25539 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
25540 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
25541 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
25542 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
25543 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
25544 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25545 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el"
25546 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
25547 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el")
25548 ;;;;;; (16205 43209 430396))
25549
25550 ;;;***
25551 \f
25552 ;;; Local Variables:
25553 ;;; version-control: never
25554 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25555 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25556 ;;; End:
25557 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here